1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes true
133 \output_changes false
138 \author 2090807402 "usti"
152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
154 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
158 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 \begin_inset Newline newline
177 \begin_inset Note Note
180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
181 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
182 \begin_inset Newline newline
187 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
195 \begin_layout Standard
196 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
197 LatexCommand tableofcontents
204 \begin_layout Chapter
208 \begin_layout Section
212 \begin_layout Standard
213 LyX is a document preparation system.
214 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
215 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
216 It is unlike most other
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
224 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
226 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
242 pt type, left justified, 5
243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
251 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
255 \begin_layout Standard
256 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
269 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
273 \begin_layout Standard
275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
287 the format of all of the manuals.
288 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
289 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
306 \begin_layout Section
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
313 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
314 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
318 \begin_layout Standard
319 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
320 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
321 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
323 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
324 only a vertical scrollbar.
325 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
326 The first case is large images.
327 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
334 LaTeX and LyX options
337 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
339 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
340 this doesn't work for equations yet.
343 \begin_layout Standard
344 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
352 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
359 \begin_layout Section
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
365 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
366 Just select the manual you want to read from the
373 \begin_layout Section
375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
377 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
384 \begin_layout Standard
385 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
387 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
391 \begin_inset Index idx
394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
400 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
401 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
402 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
404 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
405 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
410 \begin_inset space \space{}
413 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
414 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
416 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
420 \begin_inset Index idx
423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
424 Reconfiguration of LyX
429 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
432 \begin_layout Section
434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
436 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
443 \begin_layout Standard
444 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
445 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
447 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
448 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
452 \begin_layout Standard
453 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
455 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
456 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
459 \begin_layout Standard
460 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
461 you can view from the menu
463 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
482 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
483 reconfigure LyX (menu
485 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
489 \begin_inset Note Note
492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
493 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
501 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
502 More about TeX Code is described in section
507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
509 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
513 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
520 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
530 \begin_inset Index idx
533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
534 Reconfiguration of LyX
539 See section 5.1 of the
543 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
546 \begin_layout Chapter
550 \begin_layout Section
551 Basic File Operations
552 \begin_inset Index idx
555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
564 \begin_layout Standard
569 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
570 in addition to some more advanced operations:
573 \begin_layout Itemize
585 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_layout Itemize
633 \begin_layout Itemize
643 \begin_layout Itemize
657 \begin_layout Itemize
667 \begin_layout Itemize
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Itemize
685 arg "dialog-show print"
691 \begin_layout Itemize
697 \begin_layout Standard
698 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
699 a few minor differences.
702 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
717 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
718 you for a template to use.
719 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
720 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
721 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
729 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
736 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
769 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
770 space is just that — a big, blank space.
778 \begin_layout Standard
799 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
804 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
829 will reload the document from disk.
830 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
831 and want to restore it to the last save.
840 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
841 them as your changes.
844 \begin_layout Section
845 Basic Editing Features
846 \begin_inset Index idx
849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
858 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
865 \begin_layout Standard
866 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
867 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
868 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
869 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
871 We will start with cut and paste.
874 \begin_layout Standard
875 As you might expect, the
879 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
880 various other editing features.
881 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
885 \begin_layout Itemize
899 \begin_layout Itemize
913 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
937 \begin_layout Itemize
947 \begin_layout Itemize
963 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
969 \begin_layout Standard
970 The first three are self-explanatory.
972 \begin_inset Index idx
975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
981 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
990 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
993 \begin_layout Standard
996 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1003 \begin_inset space ~
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1018 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1028 will start a new paragraph.
1031 \begin_layout Standard
1032 \begin_inset Index idx
1035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1042 \begin_inset Index idx
1045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1055 \begin_inset space ~
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1067 \begin_inset space ~
1071 \begin_inset space ~
1077 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1082 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1099 button to skip the current word.
1103 \begin_inset space ~
1108 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1112 \begin_inset space ~
1117 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1119 If the toggle is set, searching for
1120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1131 will not match the word
1132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 Match whole words only
1148 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1177 LyX offers also an advanced
1180 \begin_inset space ~
1184 \begin_inset space ~
1189 feature that is described in sec.
1190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1196 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1203 \begin_layout Standard
1204 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1205 \begin_inset space \space{}
1209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1217 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1219 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1224 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1231 \begin_layout Standard
1232 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1235 arg "inset-select-all"
1241 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1244 selects the whole document.
1247 \begin_layout Section
1249 \begin_inset Index idx
1252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1259 \begin_inset Index idx
1262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1271 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1278 \begin_layout Standard
1279 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1280 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1283 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1286 or the toolbar button
1292 to undo some mistake.
1293 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1298 or the toolbar button
1305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1312 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1316 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1319 \begin_layout Standard
1320 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1329 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1330 This is a consequence of the 100
1331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1334 step undo limit, above.
1337 \begin_layout Standard
1346 work on almost everything in LyX.
1347 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1351 \begin_layout Section
1353 \begin_inset Index idx
1356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1365 \begin_layout Standard
1366 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1369 \begin_layout Enumerate
1374 \begin_layout Itemize
1379 once anywhere in the edit window.
1380 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1384 \begin_layout Enumerate
1389 \begin_layout Itemize
1395 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1398 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1401 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1404 \begin_layout Itemize
1405 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1414 \begin_layout Enumerate
1415 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1421 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1425 \begin_layout Section
1427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1429 name "sec:Navigating"
1434 \begin_inset Index idx
1437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1446 \begin_layout Standard
1447 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1450 \begin_layout Itemize
1455 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1456 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1459 \begin_layout Itemize
1460 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1462 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1465 or by the toolbar button
1468 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1474 \begin_layout Itemize
1475 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1477 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1480 and use the same menu to return to them.
1481 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1484 \begin_layout Standard
1488 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1493 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1496 \begin_inset space ~
1501 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1502 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1503 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1504 your last editing position.
1507 \begin_layout Standard
1512 key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
1515 \begin_layout Subsection
1517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1519 name "sub:The-Outliner"
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1527 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1528 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1529 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1537 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1541 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1548 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1553 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1557 \begin_layout Standard
1558 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
1559 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1560 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1561 dialog and to modify the citation.
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1567 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1568 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1576 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1579 \begin_layout Standard
1580 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1581 you further to control the display.
1586 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1587 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1593 option keeps it in the current view state.
1594 Keeping means that when you have e.
1595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1599 \begin_inset space \space{}
1602 the subsections of section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1606 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1607 \begin_inset space ~
1610 3, the subsections of section
1611 \begin_inset space ~
1614 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1619 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1620 \begin_inset space ~
1624 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1634 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1637 \begin_layout Standard
1639 \begin_inset space \space{}
1643 \begin_inset Graphics
1644 filename ../images/reload.png
1649 \begin_inset space ~
1652 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1653 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1656 \begin_inset space \space{}
1660 \begin_inset Graphics
1661 filename ../images/down.png
1663 groupId toolbarbuttons
1668 \begin_inset space ~
1672 \begin_inset space \space{}
1676 \begin_inset Graphics
1677 filename ../images/up.png
1679 groupId toolbarbuttons
1684 \begin_inset space ~
1687 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1688 So, for example, you can move section
1689 \begin_inset space ~
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1696 2.4 or after section
1697 \begin_inset space ~
1701 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1703 \begin_inset Graphics
1704 filename ../images/promote.png
1706 groupId toolbarbuttons
1711 \begin_inset Graphics
1712 filename ../images/demote.png
1714 groupId toolbarbuttons
1718 (or the corresponding key bindings
1726 ) you can change the level of sections.
1727 So you can for example make section
1728 \begin_inset space ~
1732 \begin_inset space ~
1736 \begin_inset space ~
1742 \begin_layout Section
1743 Input / Word Completion
1744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1746 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1751 \begin_inset Index idx
1754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1761 \begin_inset Index idx
1764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1795 \begin_layout Standard
1796 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1798 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1799 is used to propose completions.
1802 \begin_layout Standard
1803 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1805 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1810 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1817 \begin_inset space ~
1821 \begin_inset space ~
1826 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1830 \begin_inset space ~
1835 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1836 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1840 \begin_inset space ~
1846 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1847 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1850 \begin_layout Standard
1851 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
1852 are completions available.
1857 key to accept a proposed completion.
1858 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1859 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1860 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1867 \begin_layout Standard
1868 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1869 ing options for text.
1870 The special math option
1874 enables that characters can be composed.
1875 If you for example want to insert the character
1876 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1879 , you can then input the characters
1880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1891 to a formula to get it.
1892 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1893 of the math toolbar.
1894 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1898 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1899 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1908 \begin_layout Section
1910 \begin_inset Index idx
1913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1920 \begin_inset Index idx
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1952 \begin_inset Index idx
1955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1986 \begin_layout Standard
1987 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
2000 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
2002 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2008 \begin_layout Standard
2012 \begin_inset space ~
2020 \begin_inset space ~
2041 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2045 \begin_layout Labeling
2046 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2050 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2051 LatexCommand nomenclature
2053 description "Tabulator key"
2059 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2060 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2061 \begin_inset space ~
2065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2067 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2074 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2078 , especially section
2079 \begin_inset space ~
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2085 reference "sub:Lists"
2091 If you're still confused, look in the
2096 \begin_inset Newline newline
2099 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2102 \begin_layout Labeling
2103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2107 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2108 LatexCommand nomenclature
2110 description "Escape key"
2117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2124 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2125 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2128 \begin_layout Labeling
2129 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2139 \begin_inset space ~
2146 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2147 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2151 \begin_layout Standard
2152 There are three modifier keys:
2155 \begin_layout Labeling
2156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2174 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2175 LatexCommand nomenclature
2177 description "Control key"
2181 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2182 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2186 \begin_layout Itemize
2195 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2198 \begin_layout Itemize
2207 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2210 \begin_layout Itemize
2219 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2223 \begin_layout Labeling
2224 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2242 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2243 LatexCommand nomenclature
2245 description "Shift key"
2249 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2250 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2253 \begin_layout Labeling
2254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2272 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2273 LatexCommand nomenclature
2275 description "Alt or Meta key"
2279 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2280 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2281 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2287 \begin_inset Newline newline
2290 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2292 menu accelerator keys
2295 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2296 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2300 \begin_layout Standard
2301 For example, the sequence
2302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2308 \begin_inset space ~
2312 \begin_inset space ~
2318 \begin_inset space ~
2326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2345 \begin_inset space ~
2351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2361 \begin_layout Standard
2366 manual lists all other things bound to the
2374 \begin_layout Standard
2375 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2376 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2377 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2378 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2379 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2380 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2381 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2383 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2399 followed by a capital
2406 \begin_layout Standard
2407 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2409 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2414 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2417 as explained in sec.
2418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2424 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2431 \begin_layout Chapter
2433 \begin_inset Index idx
2436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2445 \begin_layout Section
2447 \begin_inset Index idx
2450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2459 \begin_layout Subsection
2463 \begin_layout Standard
2464 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2465 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2466 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2467 numbering schemes, and so on.
2468 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2469 and format the title of your document differently.
2472 \begin_layout Standard
2477 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2478 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2479 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2480 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2481 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2484 \begin_layout Standard
2485 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2486 how to adjust their properties.
2489 \begin_layout Subsection
2491 \begin_inset Index idx
2494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2503 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2510 \begin_layout Standard
2511 You can select a class using the
2513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2514 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2518 \begin_inset Index idx
2521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2528 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2536 \begin_layout Standard
2537 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2541 \begin_layout Description
2542 Article for basic articles
2545 \begin_layout Description
2546 Report for basic reports
2549 \begin_layout Description
2550 Book for writing a book
2553 \begin_layout Description
2554 Letter for US-style letters
2557 \begin_layout Standard
2558 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2559 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2560 will include many of these.
2561 Here are some of the classes.
2562 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2564 Special Document Classes
2573 \begin_layout Description
2574 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2577 \begin_layout Description
2578 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2582 \begin_layout Description
2583 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2587 \begin_layout Description
2588 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2589 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2590 There are three article layouts available.
2591 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2592 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2593 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2594 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2599 sequential numbering
2600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2603 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2604 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2605 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2606 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2609 \begin_layout Description
2610 Beamer Layout for presentations
2613 \begin_layout Description
2614 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2615 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2619 \begin_layout Description
2620 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2623 \begin_layout Description
2625 \begin_inset space ~
2628 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2631 \begin_layout Description
2632 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2635 \begin_layout Description
2636 Foils Used to make transparencies
2639 \begin_layout Description
2640 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2641 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2645 \begin_layout Description
2646 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2647 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2654 \begin_layout Description
2655 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2658 \begin_layout Description
2659 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2660 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2661 (Is used by this document.)
2664 \begin_layout Description
2665 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2668 \begin_layout Description
2669 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2672 \begin_layout Description
2677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2684 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2685 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2687 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2690 \begin_layout Description
2691 Slides Used to make transparencies
2694 \begin_layout Description
2696 \begin_inset space ~
2699 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2700 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2703 \begin_layout Description
2704 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2708 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2710 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2716 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2717 of the document classes.
2720 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2724 \begin_layout Standard
2725 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2727 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2728 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2730 \begin_inset Index idx
2733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2750 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2751 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2753 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2756 \begin_layout Standard
2758 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2759 and some of them, like
2763 , are highly specialized.
2764 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2765 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2767 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2768 by some document class.
2769 There are just too many of them.
2770 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2773 \begin_layout Standard
2774 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2782 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2783 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2784 document class for a new file.
2785 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2790 Installing new LaTeX files
2791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2798 manual for information on how to install them.
2799 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2805 \begin_layout Standard
2806 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2807 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2809 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2810 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2811 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2813 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2816 \begin_inset space ~
2823 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2835 \begin_inset Index idx
2838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 \begin_layout Standard
2848 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2849 chosen document class.
2850 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2851 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2862 \begin_inset Index idx
2865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2872 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2876 \begin_layout Standard
2877 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2878 always installed by default.
2879 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2880 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2881 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2882 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2883 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2884 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2885 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2888 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2892 \begin_inset Index idx
2895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2896 Reconfiguration of LyX
2902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2905 Installing new LaTeX files
2906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2913 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2916 \begin_layout Standard
2917 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2925 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2926 LyX will advise you about these things.
2934 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2938 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2943 \begin_inset Index idx
2946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2947 Document ! Local Layout
2955 \begin_layout Standard
2956 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2957 used in a variety of different documents.
2958 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2959 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2960 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2961 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2962 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2963 What you want is LyX's
2964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2980 manual for information on how to use it.
2983 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2987 \begin_layout Standard
2988 Each class has a default set of options.
2989 Here's a quick table describing them:
2992 \begin_layout Standard
2993 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2999 \begin_layout Standard
3001 \begin_inset Tabular
3002 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3003 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3462 \begin_layout Standard
3463 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3469 \begin_layout Standard
3470 You're probably also wondering what
3471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3475 \begin_inset space ~
3479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3483 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3484 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3489 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3494 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3504 headings, there are also
3512 headings, and so on.
3513 We will describe these headings fully in section
3514 \begin_inset space ~
3518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3520 reference "sub:Headings"
3527 \begin_layout Subsection
3529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3531 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3536 \begin_inset Index idx
3539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3548 \begin_inset Index idx
3551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3560 \begin_layout Standard
3561 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3563 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3570 \begin_inset space ~
3578 \begin_inset space ~
3583 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3585 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3586 to use for your document.
3587 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3591 \begin_layout Standard
3598 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3604 \begin_inset space ~
3609 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3610 You can choose between the following five options:
3613 \begin_layout Labeling
3614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3619 Use default page style of current class.
3622 \begin_layout Labeling
3623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3628 No page numbers or headings.
3631 \begin_layout Labeling
3632 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3640 \begin_layout Labeling
3641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3646 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3647 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3648 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3651 \begin_layout Labeling
3652 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3657 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3658 have the LaTeX-package
3663 \begin_inset Index idx
3666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3667 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3673 How they are defined is explained in section
3674 \begin_inset space ~
3678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3680 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3687 \begin_layout Standard
3688 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3689 \begin_inset space ~
3693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3695 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3702 \begin_layout Subsection
3703 Paper Size and Orientation
3704 \begin_inset Index idx
3707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3708 Document ! Paper size
3714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3716 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3723 \begin_layout Standard
3724 You can find the following options in the menu
3727 \begin_inset space ~
3734 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3740 \begin_inset Index idx
3743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3752 \begin_layout Labeling
3753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3757 \begin_inset space ~
3762 What size paper to print on.
3767 \begin_layout Itemize
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3779 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3791 \begin_layout Itemize
3794 US letter, US legal, US executive
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3803 \begin_layout Itemize
3810 \begin_layout Labeling
3811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3816 To choose whether to output as
3827 \begin_layout Labeling
3828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3832 \begin_inset space ~
3837 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3838 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3841 \begin_layout Subsection
3843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3850 \begin_inset Index idx
3853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3860 \begin_inset Index idx
3863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3872 \begin_layout Standard
3873 Paper margins are set in the menu
3875 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3879 \begin_inset Index idx
3882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3891 \begin_layout Standard
3892 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3893 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3894 the paper format and the font size into account.
3897 \begin_layout Subsection
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3902 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3907 That includes the paragraph environments.
3908 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3909 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3910 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3911 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3920 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3922 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3923 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3924 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3927 \begin_layout Section
3928 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3929 \begin_inset Index idx
3932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3933 Paragraph ! Indentation
3941 \begin_layout Subsection
3943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3945 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3952 \begin_layout Standard
3953 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3954 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3957 \begin_layout Standard
3958 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3959 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3960 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3961 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3965 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3971 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3972 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3973 language than English.
3974 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3977 \begin_layout Standard
3978 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3979 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3981 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3982 LyX takes care of that.
3983 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3985 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3986 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3987 of a page, and so on.
3991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3992 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3997 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3998 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4002 of these pre-coded spacings.
4003 We will explain more later.
4006 \begin_layout Subsection
4007 Paragraph Separation
4008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4010 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4015 \begin_inset Index idx
4018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4019 Paragraph ! Separation
4027 \begin_layout Standard
4028 To separate paragraphs, select
4039 \begin_inset space ~
4046 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4050 \begin_inset Index idx
4053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4059 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4062 \begin_layout Subsection
4066 \begin_layout Standard
4067 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4070 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4077 dialog and toggle the
4080 \begin_inset space ~
4085 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4088 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4092 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4093 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4097 \begin_layout Standard
4098 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4099 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4102 \begin_layout Subsection
4104 \begin_inset Index idx
4107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4108 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4116 \begin_layout Standard
4119 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4123 \begin_inset Index idx
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4135 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4138 \begin_inset space ~
4147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4148 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4153 \begin_inset Index idx
4156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4157 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4162 installed to use this feature.
4170 \begin_layout Section
4171 Paragraph Environments
4172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4174 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4179 \begin_inset Index idx
4182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4183 Paragraph ! Environments
4189 \begin_inset Index idx
4192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4193 Paragraph environments|(
4201 \begin_layout Subsection
4205 \begin_layout Standard
4206 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4228 \begin_inset Newline newline
4231 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4232 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4233 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4242 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4245 \begin_layout Standard
4246 A paragraph environment is simply a
4247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4254 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4255 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4256 scheme, labels, and so on.
4257 Additionally, you can
4258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4265 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4266 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4267 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4268 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4269 days of typewriters.
4270 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4272 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4275 \begin_layout Standard
4276 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4277 \begin_inset Graphics
4278 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4284 at the left end of the toolbar.
4285 LyX will change the environment of the
4289 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4290 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4291 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4295 \begin_layout Standard
4304 create a new paragraph using the
4308 paragraph environment.
4310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4317 because if you are in one of these environments:
4320 \begin_layout Itemize
4326 \begin_layout Itemize
4332 \begin_layout Itemize
4338 \begin_layout Itemize
4344 \begin_layout Itemize
4350 \begin_layout Itemize
4356 \begin_layout Itemize
4362 \begin_layout Standard
4363 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4367 , rather than resetting it to
4372 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4373 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4374 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4375 \begin_inset space ~
4379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4381 reference "sec:Nesting"
4386 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4391 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4392 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4396 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4402 \begin_layout Subsection
4406 \begin_layout Standard
4407 The default paragraph environment is
4412 It creates a plain paragraph.
4413 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4414 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4415 this manual) are in the
4422 \begin_layout Standard
4423 You can nest a paragraph using the
4427 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4435 \begin_layout Subsection
4437 \begin_inset Index idx
4440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4449 \begin_layout Standard
4450 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4459 for thanks or contact information.
4460 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4461 page along with today's date.
4462 For other types of documents, the title
4463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4470 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4489 Here's how you use them:
4492 \begin_layout Itemize
4493 Put the title of your document in the
4500 \begin_layout Itemize
4501 Put the author name in the
4508 \begin_layout Itemize
4509 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4510 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4516 Note that using this environment is optional.
4517 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4518 If you don't want any date, add the line
4519 \begin_inset Newline newline
4529 \begin_inset Newline newline
4532 to the preamble of your document (menu
4534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4540 \begin_layout Standard
4541 You can use footnotes to insert
4542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4549 or contact information.
4552 \begin_layout Subsection
4554 \begin_inset Index idx
4557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4564 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4575 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4578 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4580 \begin_inset Index idx
4583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4584 Section headings ! Numbered
4592 \begin_layout Standard
4593 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4597 \begin_layout Enumerate
4603 \begin_layout Enumerate
4609 \begin_layout Enumerate
4615 \begin_layout Enumerate
4621 \begin_layout Enumerate
4627 \begin_layout Enumerate
4633 \begin_layout Enumerate
4639 \begin_layout Standard
4640 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4641 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4642 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4645 \begin_layout Standard
4646 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4647 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4648 You group the book into chapters.
4649 LyX does similar grouping:
4652 \begin_layout Itemize
4657 is divided into either
4668 \begin_layout Itemize
4680 \begin_layout Itemize
4692 \begin_layout Itemize
4704 \begin_layout Itemize
4716 \begin_layout Itemize
4728 \begin_layout Standard
4729 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4737 Not all document types use the
4741 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4746 is the top-level heading.
4754 \begin_layout Standard
4759 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4760 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4762 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4774 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4776 \begin_inset Index idx
4779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4780 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4788 \begin_layout Standard
4789 The unnumbered section headings have a
4790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4797 at the end of their name.
4798 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4799 the table of contents, see section
4800 \begin_inset space ~
4804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4813 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4814 Changing the Numbering
4815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4817 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4824 \begin_layout Standard
4825 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4826 in the Table of Contents.
4827 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4829 Certain classes start with
4843 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4853 This is something you can change.
4856 \begin_layout Standard
4859 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4863 \begin_inset Index idx
4866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4875 \begin_inset space ~
4879 \begin_inset space ~
4884 you will see two counters.
4889 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4891 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4895 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4896 Short Titles of Headings
4897 \begin_inset Index idx
4900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4901 Section headings ! Short titles
4907 \begin_inset Argument
4910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4919 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4926 \begin_layout Standard
4927 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4928 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4929 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4930 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4933 \begin_layout Standard
4934 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4935 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4936 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4937 To specify a short title, use the menu
4939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4941 \begin_inset space ~
4947 This will insert a box labeled
4948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4963 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4964 This also works for captions inside floats.
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4968 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4971 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4975 \begin_layout Standard
4976 The following information applies to all section headings:
4979 \begin_layout Itemize
4980 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4983 \begin_layout Itemize
4984 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4987 \begin_layout Itemize
4988 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4991 \begin_layout Itemize
4992 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4995 \begin_layout Subsection
4996 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4999 \begin_layout Standard
5000 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5014 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5015 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5016 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5017 the text they contain.
5018 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5026 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5029 \begin_layout Standard
5030 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5039 when you start a new paragraph.
5040 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5044 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5045 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
5046 have to change back to the
5050 environment yourself.
5059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5066 \begin_inset Index idx
5069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5078 \begin_layout Standard
5079 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5080 time for the differences.
5089 are identical except for one difference:
5093 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5102 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5105 \begin_layout Standard
5106 Here's an example of the
5119 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5121 See – no indentation!
5125 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5126 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5127 the other paragraph.
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5131 Here's another example, this time in the
5138 \begin_layout Quotation
5144 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5145 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5146 the first line, then
5150 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5154 you were quoting other text.
5157 \begin_layout Quotation
5158 Here's a new paragraph.
5159 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5160 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5163 \begin_layout Standard
5164 As the examples show,
5168 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5169 They should put quotes in the
5174 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5178 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5187 \begin_inset Index idx
5190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5199 \begin_inset Index idx
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5223 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5229 \begin_inset Newline newline
5232 Which I did not rehearse!
5236 It could be much worse.
5237 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5239 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5240 indented a bit more than the first.
5241 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5247 \begin_inset Newline newline
5250 And make things look fine
5251 \begin_inset Newline newline
5257 arg "newline-insert newline"
5263 \begin_layout Standard
5268 does not indent both margins.
5269 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5270 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5277 arg "newline-insert newline"
5283 \begin_layout Subsection
5285 \begin_inset Index idx
5288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5304 \begin_layout Standard
5305 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5315 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5324 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5325 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5326 describing some general features of all four of them.
5329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5333 \begin_layout Standard
5334 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5336 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5345 reset the environment to
5349 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5350 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5351 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5355 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5358 to break paragraphs.
5361 \begin_layout Standard
5362 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5363 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5365 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5366 you read all of section
5367 \begin_inset space ~
5371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5373 reference "sec:Nesting"
5381 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5387 \begin_inset Index idx
5390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5406 \begin_layout Standard
5407 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5411 paragraph environment.
5412 It has the following properties:
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5416 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5420 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5424 \begin_layout Itemize
5425 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 The items can have any length.
5431 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5432 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5439 \begin_layout Itemize
5444 environment inside another
5448 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5452 \begin_layout Itemize
5453 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5456 \begin_layout Itemize
5457 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5460 \begin_layout Itemize
5462 \begin_inset space ~
5466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5468 reference "sec:Nesting"
5472 for a full explanation of nesting.
5476 \begin_layout Standard
5477 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5486 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5489 \begin_layout Standard
5490 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5491 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5494 \begin_layout Itemize
5495 The label for the first level
5499 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5503 \begin_layout Itemize
5504 The label for the second level is a dash.
5508 \begin_layout Itemize
5509 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5513 \begin_layout Itemize
5514 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5518 \begin_layout Itemize
5519 Back out to the third level.
5523 \begin_layout Itemize
5524 Back to the second level.
5528 \begin_layout Itemize
5529 Back to the outermost level.
5532 \begin_layout Standard
5533 These are the default labels for an
5538 You can customize these labels in the
5540 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5543 dialog in the submenu
5550 \begin_inset Index idx
5553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5562 \begin_layout Standard
5563 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5564 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5566 \begin_inset space ~
5570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5572 reference "sec:Nesting"
5579 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5585 \begin_inset Index idx
5588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5597 name "sec:Enumerate"
5604 \begin_layout Standard
5609 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5610 It has these properties:
5613 \begin_layout Enumerate
5614 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5618 \begin_layout Enumerate
5619 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5623 \begin_layout Enumerate
5624 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5627 \begin_layout Enumerate
5632 environment resets the counter to one.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5648 \begin_layout Enumerate
5649 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5650 Items can have any length.
5653 \begin_layout Enumerate
5654 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5657 \begin_layout Enumerate
5658 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5661 \begin_layout Enumerate
5662 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5675 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5676 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 The first level of an
5688 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5692 \begin_layout Enumerate
5693 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5697 \begin_layout Enumerate
5698 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5702 \begin_layout Enumerate
5703 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5706 \begin_layout Enumerate
5707 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5712 \begin_layout Enumerate
5713 Back to the third level
5717 \begin_layout Enumerate
5718 Back to the second level.
5722 \begin_layout Enumerate
5723 Back to the outermost level.
5726 \begin_layout Standard
5727 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5732 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5737 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5741 \begin_layout Standard
5742 There is more to nesting
5746 environments than we've stated here.
5747 You should read section
5748 \begin_inset space ~
5752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5754 reference "sec:Nesting"
5758 to learn more about nesting.
5761 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5767 \begin_inset Index idx
5770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5779 \begin_layout Standard
5780 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5784 list has no fixed label.
5785 Instead, LyX uses the first
5786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5793 of the first line as the label.
5797 \begin_layout Description
5798 Example: This is an example of the
5805 \begin_layout Standard
5806 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5810 \begin_layout Standard
5812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5819 it is meant that the first hit of the
5823 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5825 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5833 arg "space-insert protected"
5838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5839 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5841 \begin_inset space ~
5847 \begin_inset space ~
5851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5853 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5857 for more info.) Here is an example:
5860 \begin_layout Description
5862 \begin_inset space ~
5865 Example: This one shows how to use a
5868 \begin_inset space ~
5880 \begin_layout Description
5881 Usage: You should use the
5885 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5886 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5888 It's not a good idea to use a
5892 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5893 You're better off using
5905 paragraphs into them.
5908 \begin_layout Description
5909 Nesting: You can nest
5913 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5918 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5919 them from the first line.
5922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5924 \begin_inset Index idx
5927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5936 \begin_layout Standard
5941 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5944 \begin_layout Standard
5953 list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional
5955 Here are its properties:
5958 \begin_layout Labeling
5959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5961 \begin_inset space ~
5964 labels LyX uses the first
5965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5972 of each line as the item label.
5977 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5978 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5979 blank as described above.
5982 \begin_layout Labeling
5983 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5984 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5985 the body of the item text.
5986 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5987 label width plus a little extra space.
5991 \begin_layout Labeling
5992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5994 \begin_inset space ~
5997 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5999 If the label width is larger, the label
6000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6007 into the first line.
6008 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6009 margin of the rest of the item text.
6012 \begin_layout Labeling
6013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6015 \begin_inset space ~
6018 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6023 environment has the same left margin.
6024 \begin_inset Newline newline
6027 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6030 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6032 \begin_inset space ~
6037 dialog (toolbar button
6040 arg "layout-paragraph"
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6052 determines the default label width.
6053 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6062 multiple times instead.
6063 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6072 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6075 \begin_inset space ~
6080 every time you alter a label in a
6085 \begin_inset Newline newline
6088 The predefined default width is the length of
6089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6097 \begin_inset space ~
6103 \begin_layout Standard
6108 list the same way as the
6112 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6118 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6122 \begin_layout Standard
6127 lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on.
6128 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6130 \begin_inset space ~
6134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6136 reference "sec:Nesting"
6140 to learn about nesting.
6143 \begin_layout Standard
6144 There is yet another feature of the
6148 list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels
6150 You can use additional
6154 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6159 are documented in section
6160 \begin_inset space ~
6164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6166 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6171 Here are some examples:
6174 \begin_layout Labeling
6175 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6176 Left The default for
6183 \begin_layout Labeling
6184 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6185 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6192 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6195 \begin_layout Labeling
6196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6197 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6201 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6208 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6211 \begin_layout Subsection
6213 \begin_inset Index idx
6216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6225 \begin_layout Standard
6226 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6229 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6231 in the document settings.
6232 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6237 \begin_inset Index idx
6240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6241 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6249 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6250 Custom Enumerate Lists
6251 \begin_inset Index idx
6254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6255 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6263 \begin_layout Standard
6265 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6268 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6271 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6272 There you add the command
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6283 \begin_layout Standard
6284 in TeX Code (shortcut
6294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6295 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6296 \begin_inset space ~
6300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6302 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6315 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6322 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6323 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6336 For Arabic numerals use
6344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6351 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6366 \begin_layout Standard
6368 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6376 You can only number 26
6377 \begin_inset space ~
6380 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6388 \begin_layout Standard
6389 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6390 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6393 \begin_layout Standard
6394 As example a list with custom numbering:
6397 \begin_layout Enumerate
6398 \begin_inset Argument
6401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6427 \begin_layout Enumerate
6428 \begin_inset Argument
6431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6454 \begin_layout Enumerate
6459 \begin_layout Enumerate
6460 \begin_inset Argument
6463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6487 \begin_layout Enumerate
6488 \begin_inset Argument
6491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6517 \begin_layout Standard
6518 For this list these commands were used:
6521 \begin_layout Standard
6532 \begin_inset Newline newline
6540 \begin_inset Newline newline
6548 \begin_inset Newline newline
6558 \begin_layout Standard
6565 makes the label emphasized and
6574 \begin_layout Standard
6575 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6583 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6584 lists until you change the definition.
6592 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6594 \begin_inset Index idx
6597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6598 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6606 \begin_layout Standard
6607 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6610 \begin_layout Enumerate
6611 \begin_inset Argument
6614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6633 \begin_inset Note Note
6636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6637 goes back to default numbering
6645 \begin_layout Enumerate
6649 \begin_layout Standard
6653 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6657 \begin_layout Standard
6658 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6663 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6664 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6667 \begin_layout Standard
6668 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6676 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6684 \begin_layout Standard
6685 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6687 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6688 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6689 of a normal enumeration.
6690 There, insert the command
6693 \begin_layout Standard
6699 \begin_layout Standard
6704 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6708 \begin_layout Enumerate
6712 \begin_layout Enumerate
6716 \begin_layout Standard
6717 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6720 \begin_layout Enumerate
6721 \begin_inset Argument
6724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6740 This enumeration starts at 4
6743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6745 \begin_inset Index idx
6748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6757 \begin_layout Standard
6758 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6760 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6767 \begin_layout Itemize
6768 with standard spacing
6771 \begin_layout Standard
6772 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6774 Add there the command
6778 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6782 \begin_inset Argument
6785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6804 \begin_layout Itemize
6808 \begin_layout Itemize
6812 \begin_layout Standard
6813 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6819 \begin_inset Index idx
6822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6823 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6829 For more info see its documentation,
6830 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6839 \begin_layout Standard
6840 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6842 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6843 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6847 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6850 \begin_layout Enumerate
6851 \begin_inset Argument
6854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6862 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6875 \begin_layout Enumerate
6876 with negative indentation
6879 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6880 Further Customization
6881 \begin_inset Index idx
6884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6885 Lists ! Customization
6893 \begin_layout Standard
6894 You can also change the style of description lists.
6898 \begin_layout Standard
6904 \begin_layout Standard
6905 changes the description label font, the command
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6914 \begin_layout Standard
6915 sets the list style.
6918 \begin_layout Standard
6919 An example where the command
6922 \begin_layout Standard
6927 itshape, style=nextline
6930 \begin_layout Standard
6934 \begin_layout Description
6936 \begin_inset space ~
6940 \begin_inset Argument
6943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6949 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6951 itshape, style=nextline
6961 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6962 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6966 \begin_layout Description
6968 \begin_inset space ~
6971 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6972 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6973 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6976 \begin_layout Standard
6977 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6983 \begin_inset Index idx
6986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6987 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6993 For more info see its documentation,
6994 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7003 \begin_layout Subsection
7005 \begin_inset Index idx
7008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7025 \begin_inset space ~
7033 \begin_layout Standard
7034 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7042 \begin_inset space ~
7048 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7049 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7050 In contrast, you can use the
7057 \begin_inset space ~
7062 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7063 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7067 \begin_layout Standard
7068 Of course, you're not limited to using
7075 \begin_inset space ~
7084 \begin_inset space ~
7089 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7090 some European academic papers.
7093 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7097 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7104 \begin_layout Standard
7109 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7110 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7114 \begin_inset space ~
7119 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7120 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7121 Here's an example of each:
7124 \begin_layout Right Address
7126 \begin_inset Newline newline
7130 \begin_inset Newline newline
7134 \begin_inset Newline newline
7137 When is it? What is today?
7140 \begin_layout Standard
7144 \begin_inset space ~
7150 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7151 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7152 Here's an example of the
7159 \begin_layout Address
7161 \begin_inset Newline newline
7164 Where do I send this
7165 \begin_inset Newline newline
7168 Your post office and country
7171 \begin_layout Standard
7172 As you can see, both
7179 \begin_inset space ~
7184 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7189 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7195 This makes sense, since
7203 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7204 Thus, you have to use
7211 arg "newline-insert newline"
7217 \begin_inset space ~
7220 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7222 \begin_inset space ~
7231 menu) to start a new line in an
7238 \begin_inset space ~
7246 \begin_layout Subsection
7250 \begin_layout Standard
7251 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7252 or list of references.
7253 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7256 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7260 \begin_inset Index idx
7263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7272 \begin_layout Standard
7277 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7278 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7279 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7280 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7284 in anything else or vice versa.
7290 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7291 The book document classes ignores the
7295 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7299 in a letter document class.
7302 \begin_layout Standard
7307 environment does several things for you.
7308 First, it puts the centered label
7309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7317 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7319 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7320 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7321 the subsequent text.
7322 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7323 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7326 \begin_layout Standard
7327 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7331 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7332 The new paragraph will still be in the
7337 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7338 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7341 \begin_layout Standard
7342 \begin_inset Float figure
7347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7349 \begin_inset Graphics
7350 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7358 \begin_inset Caption
7360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7363 name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7384 \begin_layout Standard
7385 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7389 environment, but since this document is in the
7390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7397 class, we can't do this.
7398 We inserted it therefore as figure
7399 \begin_inset space ~
7403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7405 reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7410 If you've never heard of an
7411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7418 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7427 \begin_inset Index idx
7430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7439 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7446 \begin_layout Standard
7451 environment is used to list references.
7452 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7453 only use it at the end of the document.
7458 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7462 When you first open a
7466 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7482 depending on the document class.
7483 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7484 Each paragraph of the
7488 environment is a bibliography entry.
7493 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7494 Each new paragraph is still in the
7501 \begin_layout Standard
7502 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7503 by using a BibTeX database.
7504 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7505 phy handling, have a look at section
7506 \begin_inset space ~
7510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7512 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7519 \begin_layout Subsection
7523 \begin_inset Index idx
7526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7527 Paragraph ! LyX code
7533 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7542 \begin_layout Standard
7547 environment is another LyX extension.
7548 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7553 key as a fixed whitespace;
7557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7569 \begin_inset space ~
7574 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7579 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7580 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7583 arg "newline-insert newline"
7600 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7601 So, when you finish using the
7605 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7606 Also, you can nest the
7610 environment inside of others.
7613 \begin_layout Standard
7614 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7617 \begin_layout Itemize
7621 arg "newline-insert newline"
7624 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7629 \begin_inset space \space{}
7639 arg "newline-insert newline"
7645 \begin_layout Itemize
7649 arg "newline-insert newline"
7660 \begin_layout Itemize
7665 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7672 \begin_layout Itemize
7676 arg "space-insert protected"
7683 \begin_layout Itemize
7684 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7685 You must put at least one
7689 in any line you want blank.
7690 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7693 \begin_layout Itemize
7694 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7698 since that will insert
7703 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7706 arg "self-insert \""
7712 \begin_layout Standard
7716 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7720 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7728 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7732 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7733 printf("Hello World!
7738 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7742 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7746 \begin_layout Standard
7747 This is just the standard
7748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7759 \begin_layout Standard
7764 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7765 rc-files, and so on.
7766 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7767 as if you used a typewriter.
7768 \begin_inset Index idx
7771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7772 Paragraph environments|)
7777 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7780 Program Code Listings
7785 \begin_inset space ~
7793 \begin_layout Section
7794 Nesting Environments
7795 \begin_inset Index idx
7798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7799 Nesting ! Environments
7805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7814 \begin_layout Subsection
7818 \begin_layout Standard
7819 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7821 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7823 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7825 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7837 \begin_layout Enumerate
7841 \begin_layout Enumerate
7846 \begin_layout Enumerate
7850 \begin_layout Enumerate
7855 \begin_layout Enumerate
7859 \begin_layout Standard
7860 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7861 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7864 \begin_inset space ~
7868 \begin_inset space ~
7876 \begin_inset space ~
7880 \begin_inset space ~
7889 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7890 will tell you how far you are nested).
7891 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7894 arg "depth-increment"
7900 arg "depth-decrement"
7903 or the convenient key bindings
7914 arg "depth-increment"
7920 arg "depth-decrement"
7923 to change the nesting level.
7924 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7925 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7929 \begin_layout Standard
7930 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7931 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7932 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7933 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7936 \begin_layout Standard
7937 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7938 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7940 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7943 \begin_layout Subsection
7944 What You Can and Can't Nest
7947 \begin_layout Standard
7948 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7949 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7952 \begin_layout Standard
7953 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7954 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7955 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7958 \begin_layout Itemize
7959 Completely unnestable
7962 \begin_layout Itemize
7963 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7967 \begin_layout Itemize
7968 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7972 \begin_layout Standard
7973 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7974 environments have them:
7977 \begin_layout Description
7978 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7979 Can't nest into them.
7983 \begin_layout Itemize
7989 \begin_layout Itemize
7995 \begin_layout Itemize
8001 \begin_layout Itemize
8007 \begin_layout Itemize
8014 \begin_layout Description
8016 \begin_inset space ~
8019 Nestable You can nest them.
8020 You can nest other things into them.
8024 \begin_layout Itemize
8030 \begin_layout Itemize
8036 \begin_layout Itemize
8042 \begin_layout Itemize
8048 \begin_layout Itemize
8054 \begin_layout Itemize
8060 \begin_layout Itemize
8066 \begin_layout Itemize
8073 \begin_layout Description
8074 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8075 You can't nest anything into them.
8079 \begin_layout Itemize
8085 \begin_layout Itemize
8091 \begin_layout Itemize
8097 \begin_layout Itemize
8103 \begin_layout Itemize
8109 \begin_layout Itemize
8115 \begin_layout Itemize
8121 \begin_layout Itemize
8127 \begin_layout Itemize
8133 \begin_layout Itemize
8139 \begin_layout Itemize
8145 \begin_layout Itemize
8151 \begin_layout Itemize
8157 \begin_layout Itemize
8161 \begin_inset space ~
8167 \begin_layout Itemize
8174 \begin_layout Standard
8175 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8183 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8192 \begin_inset space ~
8196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8200 \begin_inset space \space{}
8203 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8204 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8205 section headings violate this.
8213 \begin_layout Subsection
8214 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8215 \begin_inset Index idx
8218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8219 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8227 \begin_layout Standard
8228 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8229 affected by nesting anyhow.
8233 \begin_layout Itemize
8237 \begin_layout Itemize
8241 \begin_layout Itemize
8245 \begin_layout Standard
8247 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8255 Figures and tables in
8259 are not affected by this.
8264 Have a look at section
8265 \begin_inset space ~
8269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8271 reference "sec:Floats"
8275 for more information about
8282 \begin_layout Standard
8283 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8284 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8288 \begin_layout Standard
8289 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8297 of its own, it behaves just like a
8298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8305 paragraph environment.
8306 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8310 \begin_layout Standard
8311 Here's an example with a table:
8314 \begin_layout Enumerate
8319 \begin_layout Enumerate
8320 This is (a) and it's nested.
8324 \begin_layout Standard
8325 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8331 \begin_layout Standard
8333 \begin_inset Tabular
8334 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8335 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8336 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8337 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8421 \begin_layout Standard
8422 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8429 \begin_layout Enumerate
8431 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8435 \begin_layout Enumerate
8439 \begin_layout Standard
8440 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8443 \begin_layout Enumerate
8448 \begin_layout Enumerate
8449 This is (a) and it's nested.
8453 \begin_layout Standard
8454 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8460 \begin_layout Standard
8462 \begin_inset Tabular
8463 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8464 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8465 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8466 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8550 \begin_layout Standard
8551 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8557 \begin_layout Enumerate
8564 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8567 \begin_layout Enumerate
8571 \begin_layout Standard
8572 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8576 \begin_layout Standard
8577 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8579 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8582 \begin_layout Enumerate
8587 \begin_layout Enumerate
8588 This is (a) and it's nested.
8591 \begin_layout Standard
8592 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8598 \begin_layout Standard
8600 \begin_inset Tabular
8601 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8602 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8603 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8604 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8689 \begin_layout Standard
8690 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8696 \begin_layout Enumerate
8698 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8705 \begin_layout Enumerate
8709 \begin_layout Standard
8710 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8716 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8717 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8721 \begin_layout Subsection
8722 Usage and General Features
8725 \begin_layout Standard
8726 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8735 is the innermost possible depth.
8736 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8739 \begin_layout Enumerate
8740 level #1 – outermost
8744 \begin_layout Enumerate
8749 \begin_layout Enumerate
8754 \begin_layout Enumerate
8759 \begin_layout Itemize
8764 \begin_layout Itemize
8773 \begin_layout Standard
8774 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8775 both of them in the example.
8776 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8786 For example, if we tried to nest another
8791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8798 , we would get errors.
8801 \begin_layout Subsection
8803 \begin_inset Index idx
8806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8815 \begin_layout Standard
8816 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8817 We have several examples of nested environments.
8818 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8823 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8826 \begin_layout Labeling
8827 \labelwidthstring MMM
8828 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8837 \begin_layout Labeling
8838 \labelwidthstring MMM
8839 #2-a This is level #2.
8840 We created it by using
8843 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8849 arg "depth-increment"
8856 \begin_layout Labeling
8857 \labelwidthstring MMM
8858 #3-a This is level #3.
8859 This time, we just hit
8866 arg "depth-increment"
8870 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8874 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8880 arg "depth-increment"
8887 \begin_layout Standard
8892 environment, nested inside of
8893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8901 So, it's at level #4.
8902 We did this by hitting
8905 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8911 arg "depth-increment"
8914 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8919 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8935 \begin_layout Standard
8940 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8943 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8949 \begin_layout Labeling
8950 \labelwidthstring MMM
8951 #4-a This is level #4.
8955 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8958 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8963 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8967 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8972 keep nesting things inside
8973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8984 \begin_layout Labeling
8985 \labelwidthstring MMM
8986 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8991 \begin_layout Labeling
8992 \labelwidthstring MMM
8993 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8994 and this is level #6.
8995 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8999 \begin_layout Labeling
9000 \labelwidthstring MMM
9001 #5-b Back to level #5.
9005 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9011 arg "depth-decrement"
9018 \begin_layout Labeling
9019 \labelwidthstring MMM
9023 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9029 arg "depth-decrement"
9032 , we're back at level #4.
9036 \begin_layout Labeling
9037 \labelwidthstring MMM
9038 #3-b Back to level #3.
9039 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9043 \begin_layout Labeling
9044 \labelwidthstring MMM
9045 #2-b Back to level #2.
9050 \begin_layout Labeling
9051 \labelwidthstring MMM
9052 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9053 After this sentence, we will hit
9057 and change the paragraph environment back to
9064 \begin_layout Standard
9065 We could have also used the
9081 environment in place of the
9086 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9089 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9090 Example 2: Inheritance
9093 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9094 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9097 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9106 arg "depth-increment"
9109 , after which, we will change to the
9117 \begin_layout Enumerate
9122 environment, at level #2.
9125 \begin_layout Enumerate
9126 Notice how the nested
9130 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9134 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9138 \begin_layout Standard
9139 We ended this example by hitting
9144 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9148 and reset the nesting depth by using
9151 arg "depth-decrement"
9157 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9158 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9167 \begin_inset Argument
9170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9171 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9179 \begin_layout Enumerate
9180 This is level #1, in an
9184 paragraph environment.
9185 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9189 \begin_layout Enumerate
9194 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9200 arg "depth-increment"
9204 Now, what happens if we nest an
9208 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9209 label be? An asterisk?
9213 \begin_layout Itemize
9223 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9224 So, its label is a bullet.
9225 (We got here by using
9228 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9234 arg "depth-increment"
9237 , then changing the environment to
9245 \begin_layout Itemize
9246 Here's level #4, produced using
9249 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9255 arg "depth-increment"
9259 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9264 \begin_layout Enumerate
9265 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9267 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9272 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9276 , because we are in the
9285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9304 \begin_layout Enumerate
9309 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9310 type of numbering does LyX use?
9313 \begin_layout Enumerate
9314 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9317 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9320 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9323 \begin_layout Enumerate
9327 arg "depth-decrement"
9330 to decrease the depth after the next
9333 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9340 \begin_layout Enumerate
9342 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9346 \begin_layout Enumerate
9348 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9349 numeral as the label.Why?
9352 \begin_layout Enumerate
9353 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9362 Notice, however, that LyX
9366 reset the counter for the label.
9370 \begin_layout Enumerate
9374 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9380 arg "depth-decrement"
9383 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9384 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9385 into the twofold-nested
9393 \begin_layout Enumerate
9394 The same thing happens if we do another
9397 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9403 arg "depth-decrement"
9406 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9409 \begin_layout Standard
9410 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9415 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9429 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9435 The same rule applies for the
9439 environment, as well.
9442 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9443 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9446 \begin_layout Enumerate
9447 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9448 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9449 the same detail with how we did it.
9458 \begin_layout Standard
9466 arg "depth-increment"
9473 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9474 the example in parentheses someplace.
9475 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9476 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9477 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9481 \begin_layout Enumerate
9486 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9491 Now we will add verse.
9492 \begin_inset Newline newline
9495 It will get much worse.
9496 \begin_inset Newline newline
9506 arg "depth-increment"
9517 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9518 \begin_inset Newline newline
9521 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9522 \begin_inset Newline newline
9528 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9541 \begin_layout Standard
9542 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9548 \begin_layout Standard
9550 \begin_inset Tabular
9551 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9552 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9554 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9643 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9653 arg "depth-increment"
9659 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9669 arg "depth-decrement"
9676 \begin_layout Enumerate
9681 : level #1) This is another item.
9682 Note that selecting a
9686 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9687 3 times to put the table inside the
9695 \begin_layout Quotation
9696 We're now ending the
9700 list and changing to
9705 We're still at level #1.
9706 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9707 The next set of paragraphs is a
9708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9715 We will nest both the
9722 \begin_inset space ~
9727 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9731 for the letter body.
9735 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9738 to preserve the depth.
9739 Remember that you need to use
9742 arg "newline-insert newline"
9745 to create multiple lines inside the
9752 \begin_inset space ~
9762 \begin_layout Right Address
9764 \begin_inset Newline newline
9767 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9768 \begin_inset Newline newline
9774 \begin_layout Address
9776 \begin_inset space ~
9782 \begin_layout Quotation
9783 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9784 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9787 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9788 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9789 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9790 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9791 as soon as possible.
9792 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9795 \begin_layout Quotation
9796 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9797 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9798 with your order, along with payment.
9801 \begin_layout Quotation
9802 We thank you again for your patience.
9805 \begin_layout Address
9807 \begin_inset Newline newline
9814 \begin_layout Quotation
9815 That ends that example!
9818 \begin_layout Standard
9819 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9820 just a few keystrokes.
9821 We could have easily nested an
9842 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9845 \begin_layout Section
9846 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9847 \begin_inset Index idx
9850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9859 \begin_layout Standard
9860 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9861 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9862 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9863 be broken at the end of a line.
9864 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9868 \begin_layout Subsection
9870 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9872 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9877 \begin_inset Index idx
9880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9889 \begin_layout Standard
9890 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9892 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9896 Further documentation is given in section
9897 \begin_inset Newline newline
9901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9903 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9911 \begin_layout Standard
9912 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9927 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9936 A protected space is set with
9938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9939 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9943 \begin_inset space ~
9953 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
9959 \begin_layout Subsection
9961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9963 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9968 \begin_inset Index idx
9971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9972 Spacing ! Horizontal
9980 \begin_layout Standard
9981 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9983 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9984 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9988 The length units are listed in Appendix
9989 \begin_inset space ~
9993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9995 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
10002 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10006 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10011 \begin_inset Index idx
10014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10015 Spaces ! Inter-word
10023 \begin_layout Standard
10025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10029 \begin_inset space \space{}
10032 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10033 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10034 \begin_inset space ~
10038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10040 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10045 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10046 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10049 arg "space-insert normal"
10055 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10057 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10059 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10064 \begin_inset Index idx
10067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10076 \begin_layout Standard
10078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10085 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10094 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10095 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10096 inside abbreviations:
10099 \begin_layout Quote
10101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10105 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10108 \begin_layout Standard
10109 or between values and units.
10110 Compare for example this:
10111 \begin_inset Newline newline
10115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10119 \begin_inset Newline newline
10122 10 kg (normal space
10125 \begin_layout Standard
10126 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10128 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10129 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10131 \begin_inset space ~
10139 arg "space-insert thin"
10145 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10149 \begin_layout Standard
10150 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10153 \begin_layout Description
10155 \begin_inset space ~
10159 \begin_inset space ~
10162 space A line with a
10163 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10167 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10171 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10174 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10177 \begin_layout Description
10179 \begin_inset space ~
10183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10187 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10191 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10195 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10199 \begin_inset space ~
10203 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10206 em) space between the arrows.
10209 \begin_layout Description
10211 \begin_inset space ~
10215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10219 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10223 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10227 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10231 \begin_inset space ~
10235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10238 em) space between the arrows.
10241 \begin_layout Description
10243 \begin_inset space ~
10247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10251 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10255 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10259 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10263 \begin_inset space ~
10267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10270 em) space between the arrows.
10273 \begin_layout Description
10275 \begin_inset space ~
10279 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10283 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10288 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10295 cm space between the arrows.
10298 \begin_layout Standard
10300 \begin_inset space ~
10304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10306 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10310 lists the different space sizes.
10313 \begin_layout Standard
10314 \begin_inset Float table
10319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10321 \begin_inset Caption
10323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10326 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10330 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10340 \begin_inset Tabular
10341 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10342 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10343 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10344 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10527 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10567 \begin_inset Index idx
10570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10579 \begin_layout Standard
10580 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10581 in a uniform fashion.
10582 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10583 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10584 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10585 equally between themselves.
10588 \begin_layout Standard
10589 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10592 \begin_layout Quote
10594 This is on the left side
10595 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10598 This is on the right
10601 \begin_layout Quote
10604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10614 \begin_layout Quote
10617 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10621 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10631 \begin_layout Standard
10632 That was an example in the
10638 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10642 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10646 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10649 is one in a standard paragraph.
10650 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10654 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10657 \begin_layout Standard
10658 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10661 \begin_inset space ~
10666 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10671 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10675 \begin_inset space ~
10681 \begin_layout Standard
10683 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10687 \begin_inset space ~
10693 \begin_layout Standard
10695 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10699 \begin_inset space ~
10705 \begin_layout Standard
10707 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10711 \begin_inset space ~
10717 \begin_layout Standard
10719 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10723 \begin_inset space ~
10729 \begin_layout Standard
10731 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10735 \begin_inset space ~
10741 \begin_layout Standard
10742 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10750 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10754 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10755 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10756 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10760 option in the space dialog.
10768 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10772 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10777 \begin_inset Index idx
10780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10789 \begin_layout Standard
10790 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10792 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10796 \begin_inset space \space{}
10799 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10802 \begin_layout Standard
10803 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10806 What is correct English?:
10807 \begin_inset Newline newline
10811 \begin_inset Newline newline
10815 \begin_inset space ~
10818 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10819 \begin_inset Newline newline
10823 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10834 \begin_inset Newline newline
10838 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10849 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10855 \begin_layout Standard
10856 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10861 \begin_inset space ~
10865 \begin_inset space ~
10869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10873 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10875 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10876 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10880 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10886 \begin_inset space ~
10890 \begin_inset space ~
10894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10897 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10906 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10907 That is why it is named
10908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10916 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10917 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10921 \begin_layout Subsection
10923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10925 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10930 \begin_inset Index idx
10933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10942 \begin_layout Standard
10943 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10946 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10948 \begin_inset space ~
10954 There you find the following sizes:
10957 \begin_layout Standard
10970 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10975 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10977 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10981 \begin_inset Index idx
10984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10985 Document ! Settings
10990 for the paragraph separation.
10991 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11002 \begin_layout Standard
11008 \begin_inset Index idx
11011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11017 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11018 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11020 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11021 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11030 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11039 s are described in section
11040 \begin_inset space ~
11044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11046 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11055 If there are several
11059 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11060 You can therefore use
11064 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11067 \begin_layout Standard
11072 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11073 \begin_inset space ~
11077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11079 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
11086 \begin_layout Standard
11087 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11097 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11098 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11110 \begin_layout Subsection
11111 Paragraph Alignment
11112 \begin_inset Index idx
11115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11116 Paragraph ! Alignment
11124 \begin_layout Standard
11125 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11127 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11130 dialog (toolbar button
11133 arg "layout-paragraph"
11137 There are five possibilities:
11140 \begin_layout Itemize
11148 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11154 \begin_layout Itemize
11162 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11168 \begin_layout Itemize
11176 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11182 \begin_layout Itemize
11190 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11196 \begin_layout Itemize
11204 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11210 \begin_layout Standard
11211 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11212 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11213 the left and right margins.
11214 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11217 \begin_layout Standard
11219 This paragraph is right aligned,
11222 \begin_layout Standard
11224 this one is centered,
11227 \begin_layout Standard
11229 this one is left aligned.
11232 \begin_layout Subsection
11234 \begin_inset Index idx
11237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11238 Page breaks ! Forced
11244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11246 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11253 \begin_layout Standard
11254 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11255 can force a page break where you want one.
11256 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11257 Only if you use a lot of
11261 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11264 \begin_layout Standard
11265 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11266 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11270 have to change the page breaking.
11273 \begin_layout Standard
11274 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11276 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11279 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11281 \begin_inset space ~
11287 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11290 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11292 \begin_inset space ~
11297 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11299 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11300 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11303 \begin_layout Standard
11304 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11305 at the top of a page.
11306 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11307 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11308 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11309 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11313 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11317 to learn more about
11324 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11328 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11333 \begin_inset Index idx
11336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11337 Page breaks ! Clear
11345 \begin_layout Standard
11346 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11347 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11348 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11349 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11350 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11353 \begin_layout Standard
11354 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11356 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11357 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11359 \begin_inset space ~
11365 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11368 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11370 \begin_inset space ~
11374 \begin_inset space ~
11379 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11380 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11383 \begin_layout Subsection
11385 \begin_inset Index idx
11388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11397 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11404 \begin_layout Standard
11405 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11407 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11410 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11412 \begin_inset space ~
11416 \begin_inset space ~
11424 arg "newline-insert newline"
11428 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11431 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11433 \begin_inset space ~
11437 \begin_inset space ~
11442 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11444 This is useful to avoid
11445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11452 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11455 \begin_layout Standard
11456 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11457 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11458 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11459 set a line break, e.
11460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11464 \begin_inset space \space{}
11467 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11468 \begin_inset space ~
11472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11474 reference "sec:Quote"
11479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11481 reference "sec:Verse"
11486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11488 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11495 \begin_layout Subsection
11497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11499 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11504 \begin_inset Index idx
11507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11516 \begin_layout Standard
11518 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11529 \begin_layout Standard
11533 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11534 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11536 \begin_inset space ~
11541 you can insert horizontal lines.
11542 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11543 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11544 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11547 \begin_layout Standard
11549 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11560 \begin_layout Section
11561 Characters and Symbols
11564 \begin_layout Standard
11565 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11566 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11571 \begin_inset space \space{}
11574 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11582 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11586 for information on how this is done.
11589 \begin_layout Standard
11590 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11595 dialog via the menu
11597 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11598 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11604 \begin_layout Standard
11605 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11613 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11614 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11615 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11623 \begin_layout Section
11624 Fonts and Text Styles
11625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11627 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11634 \begin_layout Subsection
11636 \begin_inset Index idx
11639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11648 \begin_layout Standard
11649 There are two types of fonts:
11652 \begin_layout Description
11654 \begin_inset space ~
11658 \begin_inset Index idx
11661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11667 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11672 characters) in the font.
11673 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11674 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11675 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11676 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11677 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11678 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11679 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11680 \begin_inset Newline newline
11683 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11684 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11685 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11686 sizes than at small ones.
11687 \begin_inset Newline newline
11701 \begin_inset space ~
11709 \begin_layout Description
11711 \begin_inset space ~
11715 \begin_inset Index idx
11718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11724 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11725 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11726 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11727 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11728 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11729 picture manipulation program.
11730 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11731 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11732 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11733 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11734 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11736 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11737 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11738 \begin_inset Newline newline
11741 Bitmap fonts are named
11744 \begin_inset space ~
11749 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11752 \begin_layout Standard
11753 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11754 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11755 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11756 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11757 use scalable fonts.
11760 \begin_layout Standard
11761 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11762 its document properties.
11765 \begin_layout Standard
11766 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11767 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11768 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11769 font to emphasize text, you use an
11770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11778 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11779 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11783 \begin_layout Subsection
11785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11787 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11794 \begin_layout Standard
11795 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11796 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11797 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11799 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11800 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11801 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11802 to usual word processors.
11803 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11804 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11805 across different machines.
11806 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11807 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11809 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11811 \begin_inset space ~
11815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11817 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11822 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11823 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11827 \begin_layout Standard
11828 Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
11829 directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
11831 Both engines are supported by LyX.
11832 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11833 that is installed on your system.
11834 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
11837 \begin_layout Standard
11838 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11846 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11847 es; so you might have to experiment.
11855 \begin_layout Standard
11856 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11865 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11873 \begin_layout Subsection
11874 Document Font and Font size
11875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11877 name "sub:Document-Font"
11882 \begin_inset Index idx
11885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11892 \begin_inset Index idx
11895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11904 \begin_layout Standard
11905 You can set the document fonts in the
11907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11911 \begin_inset Index idx
11914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11915 Document ! Settings
11925 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11926 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11929 \begin_inset space ~
11938 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11939 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11943 \begin_layout Standard
11950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11959 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11960 This requires that you use
11966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12005 as the output format, i.
12006 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12010 \begin_inset space \space{}
12013 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12014 \begin_inset space ~
12018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12020 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12025 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12026 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12028 \begin_inset space ~
12031 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12032 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12033 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12035 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12038 \begin_layout Standard
12039 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12044 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12049 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12050 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12057 \begin_inset space ~
12063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12076 European Computer Modern
12079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12086 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12089 \begin_layout Standard
12098 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12099 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12104 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12107 \begin_inset space ~
12112 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12118 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12119 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12122 \begin_layout Itemize
12126 \begin_inset space ~
12131 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12144 \begin_inset space ~
12149 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12153 as the default font.
12154 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12155 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12158 \begin_inset space ~
12171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12172 One difference is improved kerning.
12180 \begin_layout Itemize
12184 \begin_inset space ~
12188 \begin_inset space ~
12193 fonts in (the rare) case that
12196 \begin_inset space ~
12201 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12216 Virtual means that it
12217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12228 -glyphs from other fonts.
12229 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12251 Loading the LaTeX-package
12256 \begin_inset Index idx
12259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12260 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12265 with the document preamble line
12266 \begin_inset Newline newline
12273 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12274 \begin_inset Newline newline
12279 will fix the guillemet problem.
12284 and that accented characters are not
12288 glyph, but built of
12292 characters, the accent and the letter.
12293 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12299 If you search for example for the French word
12300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12307 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12316 and not for the glyph
12317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12321 \begin_inset space ~
12325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12331 \begin_layout Itemize
12332 If you do not like the look of
12340 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12345 \begin_inset space ~
12351 \begin_inset space ~
12361 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12362 \begin_inset space ~
12365 serif and typewriter fonts,
12369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12370 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12377 \begin_inset space ~
12386 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12391 \begin_inset space \space{}
12399 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12403 \begin_inset space \space{}
12409 \begin_inset space ~
12417 \begin_inset space ~
12427 but you can also select your own.
12428 \begin_inset Newline newline
12431 The differences between roman,
12434 \begin_inset space ~
12443 fonts are explained in section
12444 \begin_inset space ~
12448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12450 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12455 \begin_inset Newline newline
12461 \begin_inset space ~
12466 was originally designed for newspapers.
12467 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12468 into the small newspaper columns.
12472 \begin_inset space ~
12477 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12480 \begin_layout Standard
12481 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12494 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12499 depends on the class you are using.
12500 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12503 \begin_layout Standard
12504 Note that the font size is the
12509 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12510 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12511 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12514 \begin_inset space ~
12520 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12521 \begin_inset space ~
12525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12527 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12534 \begin_layout Standard
12539 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12541 \begin_inset space ~
12544 serif or typewriter.
12549 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12559 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12562 \begin_layout Standard
12571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12580 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12586 \begin_inset Index idx
12589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12590 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12596 \begin_inset space ~
12600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12602 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12607 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12608 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12615 \begin_layout Standard
12616 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12618 Use Old Style Figures
12622 Use True Small Caps
12625 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12628 Use Old Style Figures
12630 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12632 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12633 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12640 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12644 Use True Small Caps
12646 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12647 of scaled capitals.
12648 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12649 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12652 \begin_layout Standard
12657 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12658 a font to display the script characters.
12662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12663 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12668 \begin_inset Index idx
12671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12672 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12677 So this has no effect for the document language
12693 \begin_layout Standard
12694 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12698 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12706 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12710 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12711 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12712 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12714 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12717 dialog, see section
12718 \begin_inset space ~
12722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12724 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12736 \begin_layout Subsection
12737 Using Different Character Styles
12738 \begin_inset Index idx
12741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12748 \begin_inset Index idx
12751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12760 \begin_layout Standard
12761 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12762 certain paragraph environments.
12763 LyX supports two character styles,
12772 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12776 \begin_layout Standard
12781 style, do one of the following:
12784 \begin_layout Itemize
12785 click on the toolbar button
12794 \begin_layout Itemize
12795 use the key binding
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12805 These commands are all toggles.
12810 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12813 \begin_layout Standard
12814 One typically uses the
12818 style for proper names.
12820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12827 is the original author of LyX.
12828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12834 \begin_layout Standard
12835 A more widely used character style is the
12840 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12847 \begin_layout Itemize
12848 clicking on the toolbar button
12857 \begin_layout Itemize
12858 using the keybindings
12867 \begin_layout Standard
12872 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12873 es use a different font.
12876 \begin_layout Standard
12877 We've been using the
12881 style all over the place in this document.
12882 Here's one more example:
12885 \begin_layout Quotation
12888 Do not overuse character styles!
12891 \begin_layout Standard
12892 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12893 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12894 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12895 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12899 \begin_layout Standard
12900 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12908 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12910 \begin_inset space ~
12918 \begin_layout Subsection
12919 Fine-Tuning with the
12924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12926 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12931 \begin_inset Index idx
12934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12943 \begin_layout Standard
12944 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12945 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12946 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12947 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12948 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12949 from ordinary dialog.
12952 \begin_layout Standard
12953 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12954 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12955 \begin_inset Newline newline
12958 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12959 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12962 \begin_layout Standard
12963 To use custom character styles, open the
12965 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12967 \begin_inset space ~
12970 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12973 dialog or press the toolbar button
12976 arg "dialog-show character"
12980 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12981 font property that you can choose.
12982 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12985 \begin_inset space ~
12990 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12995 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12996 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12997 environments in a snap.
13000 \begin_layout Standard
13001 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13004 \begin_inset space ~
13016 \begin_layout Labeling
13017 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13031 The possible options are:
13035 \begin_layout Labeling
13036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13041 This is the Roman font family.
13042 Normally a serif font.
13043 It's also the default family.
13053 \begin_layout Labeling
13054 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13058 \begin_inset space ~
13065 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13077 \begin_layout Labeling
13078 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13085 This is the Typewriter font family.
13091 arg "font-typewriter"
13100 \begin_layout Labeling
13101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13106 This corresponds to the print weight.
13111 \begin_layout Labeling
13112 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13117 This is the Medium font series.
13118 It's also the default series.
13121 \begin_layout Labeling
13122 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13129 This is the Bold font series.
13142 \begin_layout Labeling
13143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13148 As the name implies.
13153 \begin_layout Labeling
13154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13159 This is the Upright font shape.
13160 It's also the default shape.
13163 \begin_layout Labeling
13164 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13178 s the Italic font shape
13184 \begin_layout Labeling
13185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13192 This is the Slanted font shape
13194 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13197 \begin_layout Labeling
13198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13202 \begin_inset space ~
13209 This is the Small caps font shape
13216 \begin_layout Labeling
13217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13222 Alters the size of the font.
13223 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13224 proportional to the document font size.
13225 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13226 what you want to do.
13231 \begin_layout Labeling
13232 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13253 arg "font-size tiny"
13259 \begin_layout Labeling
13260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13281 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13287 \begin_layout Labeling
13288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13309 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13315 \begin_layout Labeling
13316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13337 arg "font-size small"
13343 \begin_layout Labeling
13344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13358 It's also the default size.
13362 arg "font-size normal"
13368 \begin_layout Labeling
13369 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13390 arg "font-size large"
13396 \begin_layout Labeling
13397 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13418 arg "font-size larger"
13424 \begin_layout Labeling
13425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13446 arg "font-size largest"
13452 \begin_layout Labeling
13453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13474 arg "font-size huge"
13480 \begin_layout Labeling
13481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13502 arg "font-size giant"
13508 \begin_layout Labeling
13509 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13514 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13534 arg "font-size increase"
13540 \begin_layout Labeling
13541 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13546 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13566 arg "font-size decrease"
13573 \begin_layout Standard
13578 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13579 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13580 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13581 — use those instead.
13582 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13585 \begin_layout Labeling
13586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13591 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13596 \begin_layout Labeling
13597 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13604 This is text with emphasize on
13607 This might seem like the same as
13611 , but it is actually a bit different.
13617 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13619 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13622 \begin_layout Labeling
13623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13630 This is text with Underbar on.
13636 arg "font-underline"
13642 \begin_inset Newline newline
13647 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13648 when you could not change fonts.
13649 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13650 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13654 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13657 \begin_layout Labeling
13658 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13662 \begin_inset space ~
13669 This is text with Double underbar on.
13675 arg "font-underunderline"
13679 \begin_inset Newline newline
13682 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13683 about double underbar.
13686 \begin_layout Labeling
13687 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13691 \begin_inset space ~
13698 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13704 arg "font-underwave"
13708 \begin_inset Newline newline
13711 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13712 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13715 \begin_layout Labeling
13716 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13723 This is text with Strikeout on.
13729 arg "font-strikeout"
13733 \begin_inset Newline newline
13736 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13737 changed in the meantime.
13740 \begin_layout Labeling
13741 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13748 This is text with Noun on.
13755 , this is a logical attribute.
13756 Normally it's equivalent to
13759 \begin_inset space ~
13768 \begin_layout Labeling
13769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13774 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13775 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13779 \begin_inset space ~
13784 , which is the default
13785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13792 and means normally black, you can choose between
13825 \begin_inset Index idx
13828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13837 \begin_layout Labeling
13838 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13843 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13844 the language of the document.
13845 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13847 \begin_inset Newline newline
13850 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13851 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13852 When using the spell checking (see section
13853 \begin_inset space ~
13857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13859 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13863 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13866 \begin_layout Standard
13867 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13868 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13870 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13872 \begin_inset space ~
13877 dialog, the settings are saved.
13878 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13881 arg "textstyle-apply"
13885 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13889 \begin_layout Standard
13890 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13897 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13898 (suppose you just set the shape to
13899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13917 \begin_inset space ~
13929 \begin_layout Standard
13930 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13938 \begin_inset space ~
13950 \begin_layout Itemize
13956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13963 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13981 \begin_inset Newline newline
13985 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13999 \begin_inset Note Note
14002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14003 For more on phantoms see section
14004 \begin_inset space ~
14008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14010 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
14020 \begin_inset Newline newline
14026 \begin_layout Itemize
14031 fonts use characters with serifs.
14032 These are the small
14033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14040 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14041 The following example shows the difference:
14042 \begin_inset Newline newline
14046 \begin_inset Newline newline
14051 text without serifs
14054 \begin_inset Newline newline
14057 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14058 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14065 \begin_layout Itemize
14070 is not recommended to use a base type.
14071 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
14072 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14075 \begin_layout Standard
14076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14083 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14084 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14085 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14087 If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
14088 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
14089 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
14092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14107 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14108 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14116 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14120 \begin_inset space ~
14125 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14141 \begin_inset space \space{}
14145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14163 \begin_inset space ~
14168 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14177 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14180 \begin_layout Standard
14181 We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
14182 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14185 \begin_layout Section
14186 Printing and Previewing
14189 \begin_layout Subsection
14193 \begin_layout Standard
14194 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14195 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14196 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14197 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14198 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14200 Additional Features
14205 \begin_layout Standard
14206 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14207 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14208 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14209 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14210 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14211 This happens in two stages:
14214 \begin_layout Enumerate
14215 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14216 generating a file with the extension,
14217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14231 \begin_layout Enumerate
14232 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14236 file to produce printable output.
14240 \begin_layout Subsection
14241 Output file formats
14242 \begin_inset Index idx
14245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14254 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14262 Simple text (ASCII)
14263 \begin_inset Index idx
14266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 File formats ! ASCII
14275 \begin_layout Standard
14276 This file type has the extension
14277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14289 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14293 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14300 \begin_layout Standard
14301 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14303 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14304 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14306 \begin_inset space ~
14313 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14314 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14316 \begin_inset space ~
14320 \begin_inset space ~
14326 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14330 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14332 \begin_inset Index idx
14335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14336 File formats ! LaTeX
14344 \begin_layout Standard
14345 This file type has the extension
14346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14357 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14359 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14360 it manually with console commands.
14361 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14362 you view or export your document.
14365 \begin_layout Standard
14366 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14368 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14369 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14384 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14385 \begin_inset space ~
14389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14391 reference "sub:Export"
14398 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14400 \begin_inset Index idx
14403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14412 \begin_layout Standard
14413 This file type has the extension
14414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14434 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14435 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14436 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14440 \begin_layout Standard
14441 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14442 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14443 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
14444 them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
14445 when you view the DVI.
14446 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14449 \begin_layout Standard
14450 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14452 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14453 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14458 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14459 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14461 \begin_inset space ~
14468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14478 The latter option uses the program
14487 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14488 font access (see section
14489 \begin_inset space ~
14493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14495 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14500 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14501 standard TeX processor.
14504 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14506 \begin_inset Index idx
14509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14510 File formats ! PostScript
14518 \begin_layout Standard
14519 This file type has the extension
14520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14532 PostScript was developed by the company
14536 as a printer language.
14537 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14539 PostScript can be seen as a
14540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14543 programming language
14544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14547 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14552 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14558 \begin_inset Index idx
14561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14562 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14572 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14575 \begin_layout Standard
14576 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14580 Encapsulated PostScript
14581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 (EPS, file extension
14585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14597 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14598 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14604 \begin_inset space \space{}
14608 \begin_inset space ~
14611 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14612 \begin_inset space ~
14615 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14616 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14617 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14618 EPS to avoid this problem.
14621 \begin_layout Standard
14622 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14624 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14625 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14631 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14633 \begin_inset Index idx
14636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14643 \begin_inset Index idx
14646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14655 \begin_layout Standard
14656 This file type has the extension
14657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14673 Portable Document Format
14674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14681 was derived from PostScript.
14682 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14691 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14692 looks exactly the same.
14695 \begin_layout Standard
14696 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14700 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14704 (JPG, file extension
14705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14732 Portable Network Graphics
14733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14736 (PNG, file extension
14737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14749 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14750 background to one of these formats.
14751 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14752 will slow down your workflow.
14753 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14756 \begin_layout Standard
14757 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14759 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14765 \begin_layout Description
14767 \begin_inset space ~
14770 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14774 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14775 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14779 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14780 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14783 \begin_layout Description
14785 \begin_inset space ~
14788 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14792 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14796 \begin_layout Description
14798 \begin_inset space ~
14801 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14805 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14808 \begin_layout Description
14810 \begin_inset space ~
14817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14824 X) This uses the program
14828 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14833 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14834 font access (see section
14835 \begin_inset space ~
14839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14841 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14846 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14847 y written Japanese.
14850 \begin_layout Description
14852 \begin_inset space ~
14859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14866 X) This uses the program
14870 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14875 is an even newer engine, derived from
14879 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14880 access (see section
14881 \begin_inset space ~
14885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14887 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14892 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14893 standard TeX processor.
14896 \begin_layout Standard
14900 \begin_inset space ~
14909 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14910 works without problems.
14911 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14912 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14916 \begin_inset space ~
14923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14935 \begin_inset space ~
14942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14951 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14959 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14961 \begin_inset Index idx
14964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14965 FileFormats ! XHTML
14971 \begin_inset Index idx
14974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14983 \begin_layout Standard
14984 This file type has the extension
14985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14997 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14998 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
14999 When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
15000 suitable for the purpose.
15001 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15003 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15004 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15007 between different formats, which are described in section
15009 Math Output in XHTML
15014 \begin_inset space ~
15022 \begin_layout Standard
15023 XHTML output remains
15024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15031 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15034 LyX and the World Wide Web
15038 Additional Features
15040 manual, for more information.
15043 \begin_layout Standard
15044 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15046 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15047 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15053 \begin_layout Subsection
15055 \begin_inset Index idx
15058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15067 \begin_layout Standard
15068 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15069 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15078 or use the toolbar button
15085 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15086 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15087 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15093 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15097 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15105 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15110 Further output formats can be selected via
15112 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15115 or the toolbar button
15116 \begin_inset Graphics
15117 filename ../images/view-others.png
15119 groupId toolbarbuttons
15126 \begin_layout Standard
15127 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15128 viewer window using the menu
15130 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15135 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15136 Update (Other Formats)
15141 \begin_layout Standard
15142 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15144 To have a real output, export your document.
15147 \begin_layout Subsection
15148 Printing the File from within LyX
15149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15151 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15158 \begin_layout Standard
15159 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15160 it directly from within LyX.
15161 To print a file, select the menu
15163 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15166 or click on the toolbar button
15169 arg "dialog-show print"
15173 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15174 This file is then processed by the program
15178 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15183 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15186 \begin_layout Standard
15187 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15188 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15189 printing one set to print on the other side.
15190 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15191 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15192 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15195 \begin_layout Standard
15196 You can set the following print parameters in the
15199 \begin_inset space ~
15207 \begin_layout Labeling
15208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15213 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15218 Note that this printer name is for the program
15227 has to be configured for this printer name.
15228 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15229 \begin_inset space ~
15233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15235 reference "sub:Printer"
15244 The printer should understand PostScript.
15247 \begin_layout Labeling
15248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15253 The name of a file to print to.
15254 The output will be a PostScript file.
15255 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15259 \begin_layout Section
15260 A few Words about Typography
15261 \begin_inset Index idx
15264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15273 \begin_layout Subsection
15274 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15275 \begin_inset Index idx
15278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15285 \begin_inset Index idx
15288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15297 \begin_layout Standard
15299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15310 character comes in four lengths: the
15322 , and the minus sign:
15323 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15329 \begin_layout Standard
15330 \begin_inset Tabular
15331 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15332 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15333 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15334 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15335 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15336 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15365 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15405 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15432 \begin_inset space ~
15435 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15442 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15467 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15469 \begin_inset space ~
15472 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15493 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15527 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15533 \begin_layout Standard
15534 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15546 character multiple times in a row.
15547 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15548 the final output, but not in LyX.
15550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15566 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15580 \begin_layout Standard
15581 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15582 math mode and has a length of its own.
15583 Here are some examples:
15586 \begin_layout Enumerate
15587 line- and page-breaks
15588 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15598 \begin_layout Enumerate
15600 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15610 \begin_layout Enumerate
15611 Oh — there's a dash.
15612 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15622 \begin_layout Enumerate
15623 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15627 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15637 \begin_layout Subsection
15639 \begin_inset Index idx
15642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15651 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15658 \begin_layout Standard
15659 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15660 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15665 \begin_inset Index idx
15668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15669 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15674 following the rules of the document language.
15677 \begin_layout Standard
15678 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15683 font and with unusual constructs, like
15684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15692 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15694 This is done with the menu
15696 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15697 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15699 \begin_inset space ~
15705 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15706 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15709 \begin_layout Standard
15710 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15711 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15721 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15729 as a hyphenation possibility.
15730 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15731 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15732 as described in section
15733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15736 Prevent Hyphenation
15737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15743 \begin_inset space ~
15751 \begin_layout Subsection
15753 \begin_inset Index idx
15756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15766 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15769 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15776 \begin_layout Standard
15777 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15778 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15779 LaTeX then adds the
15780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15783 appropriate amount of space
15784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15788 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15790 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15791 gets after another word.
15794 \begin_layout Standard
15795 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15796 not work in all cases.
15798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15809 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15810 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15813 \begin_layout Standard
15814 Here are some examples of
15818 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15821 \begin_layout Itemize
15826 \begin_layout Itemize
15831 \begin_layout Standard
15832 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15835 \begin_layout Itemize
15837 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15841 this is too much space!
15844 \begin_layout Itemize
15849 \begin_layout Standard
15850 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15853 \begin_layout Standard
15854 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15857 \begin_layout Enumerate
15861 \begin_inset space ~
15866 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15867 \begin_inset space ~
15871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15873 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15878 \begin_inset Index idx
15881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15882 Spaces ! inter-word
15890 \begin_layout Enumerate
15894 \begin_inset space ~
15899 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15900 \begin_inset space ~
15904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15906 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15911 \begin_inset Index idx
15914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15923 \begin_layout Enumerate
15927 \begin_inset space ~
15931 \begin_inset space ~
15935 \begin_inset space ~
15942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15944 \begin_inset space ~
15949 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15950 This function is also bound to
15953 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15959 \begin_layout Standard
15960 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15963 \begin_layout Itemize
15965 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15969 \begin_inset space \space{}
15972 this is too much space!
15975 \begin_layout Itemize
15976 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15980 \begin_layout Standard
15981 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15982 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15983 will take care of this.
15986 \begin_layout Standard
15987 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15991 \begin_inset space ~
15996 feature described in section
16002 Additional Features
16007 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16009 \begin_inset Index idx
16012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16013 Typography ! Quotes
16019 \begin_inset Index idx
16022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16053 \begin_layout Standard
16054 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16055 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16056 and use a closing quote at the end.
16058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16066 The keyboard character,
16070 , generates this automatically.
16073 \begin_layout Standard
16074 You can specify what character the
16078 key produces using the submenu
16084 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16088 \begin_inset Index idx
16091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16092 Document ! Settings
16102 There are six choices:
16105 \begin_layout Labeling
16106 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16118 Use quotes like this
16119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16129 \begin_layout Labeling
16130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16133 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16137 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16143 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16147 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16153 \begin_layout Labeling
16154 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16157 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16161 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16167 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16171 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16177 \begin_layout Labeling
16178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16181 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16185 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16191 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16195 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16201 \begin_layout Labeling
16202 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16205 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16209 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16215 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16219 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16225 \begin_layout Labeling
16226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16229 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16233 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16239 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16243 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16249 \begin_layout Subsection
16251 \begin_inset Index idx
16254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16255 Typography ! Ligatures
16261 \begin_inset Index idx
16264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16295 name "sub:Ligatures"
16302 \begin_layout Standard
16303 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16304 print them as single characters.
16305 These groups are known as
16310 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16312 Here are the standard ligatures:
16315 \begin_layout Itemize
16319 \begin_layout Itemize
16323 \begin_layout Itemize
16327 \begin_layout Itemize
16331 \begin_layout Itemize
16335 \begin_layout Standard
16336 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16339 \begin_layout Standard
16340 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16341 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16349 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16365 To break a ligature, use
16367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16368 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16370 \begin_inset space ~
16377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16388 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16405 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16413 \begin_layout Subsection
16415 \begin_inset Index idx
16418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16427 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16434 \begin_layout Standard
16435 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16436 characters in different sizes and heights.
16437 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16438 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16458 \begin_inset Note Note
16461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16462 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16470 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16471 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16476 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16480 \begin_layout Description
16481 LyX The name of the game, write
16482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16503 \begin_layout Description
16504 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16526 \begin_layout Description
16527 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16549 \begin_layout Description
16550 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16572 \begin_layout Standard
16573 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16578 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16586 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16587 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16588 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16591 : The actual version is
16592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16599 , the previous one was
16600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16610 \begin_layout Standard
16611 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16616 \begin_inset space \space{}
16619 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16621 This will look in LyX like:
16622 \begin_inset Graphics
16623 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16629 \begin_inset Newline newline
16632 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16633 \begin_inset space ~
16637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16639 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16646 \begin_layout Subsection
16648 \begin_inset Index idx
16651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16660 \begin_layout Standard
16661 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16662 space between two words.
16663 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16673 for units use the menu
16675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16676 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16678 \begin_inset space ~
16686 arg "space-insert thin"
16692 \begin_layout Standard
16693 Here is an example to show the differences:
16696 \begin_layout Standard
16697 \begin_inset Tabular
16698 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16699 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16700 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16701 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16708 \begin_inset space ~
16712 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16724 space between number and unit
16731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16740 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 half space between number and unit
16765 \begin_layout Subsection
16767 \begin_inset Index idx
16770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16771 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16779 \begin_layout Standard
16780 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16782 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16783 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16784 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16785 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16786 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16787 These bits of text became known as
16798 \begin_layout Standard
16799 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16800 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16801 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16802 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16803 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16804 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16805 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16808 \begin_layout Standard
16809 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16810 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16811 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16812 \begin_inset space ~
16816 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16818 key "latexcompanion"
16823 \begin_inset space ~
16827 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16833 ) may have more information.
16834 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16837 \begin_layout Chapter
16838 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16841 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16848 \begin_layout Standard
16849 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16852 \begin_inset space ~
16858 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16861 \begin_layout Section
16863 \begin_inset Index idx
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16882 \begin_layout Standard
16883 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16886 \begin_layout Description
16888 \begin_inset space ~
16891 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16892 \begin_inset Newline newline
16896 \begin_inset Note Note
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16900 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16908 \begin_layout Description
16909 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16910 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16912 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16913 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16915 \begin_inset space ~
16921 \begin_inset Newline newline
16925 \begin_inset Note Comment
16928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16929 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16937 \begin_layout Description
16939 \begin_inset space ~
16942 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16943 set in the document settings under
16945 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16947 \begin_inset space ~
16953 \begin_inset Newline newline
16957 \begin_inset Newline newline
16961 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16970 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16971 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16976 of a comment that appears in the output.
16982 \begin_inset Newline newline
16986 \begin_inset Newline newline
16989 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16990 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16993 \begin_layout Standard
16994 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17006 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17009 \begin_layout Section
17011 \begin_inset Index idx
17014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17023 name "sec:Footnotes"
17030 \begin_layout Standard
17031 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17034 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17037 or the toolbar button
17040 arg "footnote-insert"
17052 \begin_inset Graphics
17053 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17062 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17091 label, the box will
17095 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17096 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17109 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17110 and click on the footnote
17125 \begin_layout Standard
17126 Here is an example footnote:
17134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17135 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17143 \begin_layout Standard
17144 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17145 position where the footnote box is placed.
17146 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17147 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17148 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17150 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17151 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17156 ey are described in the
17159 \begin_inset space ~
17167 \begin_layout Section
17169 \begin_inset Index idx
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17181 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17188 \begin_layout Standard
17189 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17190 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17192 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17194 \begin_inset space ~
17199 or the toolbar button
17202 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17228 appearing within your text.
17229 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17238 \begin_layout Standard
17239 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17243 \begin_inset Marginal
17246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 This is a marginal note.
17255 \begin_layout Standard
17256 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17257 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17258 pages, right on odd pages.
17261 \begin_layout Standard
17262 For further information about marginal notes see section
17265 \begin_inset space ~
17273 \begin_inset space ~
17281 \begin_layout Section
17282 Graphics and Images
17283 \begin_inset Index idx
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17293 \begin_inset Index idx
17296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17305 name "sec:Graphics"
17312 \begin_layout Standard
17313 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17314 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17317 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17322 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17326 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17329 \begin_layout Standard
17330 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17335 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17336 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17338 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17339 \begin_inset space ~
17343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17345 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
17352 \begin_layout Standard
17357 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17358 of the image in the output.
17359 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17363 \begin_inset space ~
17367 \begin_inset space ~
17376 \begin_inset space ~
17380 \begin_inset space ~
17384 \begin_inset space ~
17389 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17390 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17398 \begin_layout Standard
17401 LaTeX and LyX options
17403 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17404 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17408 \begin_inset space ~
17413 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17414 with the image size is printed.
17418 \begin_inset space ~
17422 \begin_inset space ~
17426 \begin_inset space ~
17431 is explained in the
17434 \begin_inset space ~
17446 \begin_layout Standard
17447 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17448 Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
17450 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17454 \begin_layout Standard
17456 \begin_inset Graphics
17457 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17465 \begin_layout Standard
17466 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17467 the image into a float, see section
17468 \begin_inset space ~
17472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17474 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17481 \begin_layout Subsection
17483 \begin_inset Index idx
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17493 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17495 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17502 \begin_layout Standard
17503 You can insert images in any known file format.
17504 But as we explained in section
17505 \begin_inset space ~
17509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17511 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17515 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17516 LyX therefore uses the program
17520 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17521 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17522 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17523 \begin_inset space ~
17527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17529 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17536 \begin_layout Standard
17537 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17540 \begin_layout Description
17542 \begin_inset space ~
17545 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17546 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17547 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17551 Graphics Interchange Format
17552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17555 (GIF, file extension
17556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17568 \begin_inset Index idx
17571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17603 Portable Network Graphics
17604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17607 (PNG, file extension
17608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17620 \begin_inset Index idx
17623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17655 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17659 (JPG, file extension
17660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17684 \begin_inset Index idx
17687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17718 \begin_layout Description
17720 \begin_inset space ~
17723 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17725 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17726 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17727 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17728 \begin_inset Newline newline
17731 Scalable image formats can be
17732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17735 Scalable Vector Graphics
17736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17739 (SVG, file extension
17740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17752 \begin_inset Index idx
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17787 Encapsulated PostScript
17788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17791 (EPS, file extension
17792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17804 \begin_inset Index idx
17807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17839 Portable Document Format
17840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17843 (PDF, file extension
17844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17856 \begin_inset Index idx
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17874 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17875 result will not be scalable.
17876 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17882 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17890 \begin_layout Standard
17891 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17895 \begin_layout Subsection
17896 Grouping of Image Settings
17897 \begin_inset Index idx
17900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 Images ! Settings grouping
17909 \begin_layout Standard
17910 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17912 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17913 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17915 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17916 need to manually change each of them.
17920 \begin_layout Standard
17921 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17924 \begin_inset space ~
17929 field in the Graphics dialog.
17930 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17931 by checking the name of the desired group.
17934 \begin_layout Section
17936 \begin_inset Index idx
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17955 \begin_layout Standard
17956 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17959 arg "tabular-insert"
17964 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17968 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17969 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17970 from the rest of the table.
17971 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17972 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17974 Here is an example table:
17977 \begin_layout Standard
17979 \begin_inset Tabular
17980 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17981 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17982 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17983 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 \begin_layout Subsection
18189 \begin_layout Standard
18190 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
18193 More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18197 This brings up the table dialog.
18198 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
18199 cursor is placed currently.
18200 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18201 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18202 done on all of your selection.
18205 \begin_layout Standard
18206 In addition to the table dialog, the
18209 \begin_inset space ~
18214 helps you in setting table properties.
18215 It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
18218 \begin_layout Standard
18222 \begin_inset space ~
18227 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18228 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18229 current cell respectively.
18230 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18232 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18233 of text, see section
18234 \begin_inset space ~
18238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18240 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18247 \begin_layout Standard
18248 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18249 using the check box
18258 This will merge the cells to
18262 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18263 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18264 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18265 Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18266 in the last row without the upper border:
18269 \begin_layout Standard
18271 \begin_inset Tabular
18272 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18273 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18274 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18275 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18276 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18373 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 \begin_layout Standard
18409 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18410 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18411 explained in the chapter
18418 \begin_inset space ~
18424 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18428 degrees counterclockwise.
18429 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18432 \begin_layout Standard
18433 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18441 Most DVI-viewers are
18445 able to display rotations.
18453 \begin_layout Standard
18458 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18463 adds lines for all cell borders.
18466 \begin_layout Subsection
18468 \begin_inset Index idx
18471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18472 Tables ! Longtables
18478 \begin_inset Index idx
18481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 \begin_layout Standard
18491 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18494 \begin_inset space ~
18498 \begin_inset space ~
18507 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18508 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18511 \begin_layout Description
18516 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18517 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18518 except for the first page, if
18521 \begin_inset space ~
18529 \begin_layout Description
18533 \begin_inset space ~
18538 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18539 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18542 \begin_layout Description
18547 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18548 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18549 except for the last page, if
18552 \begin_inset space ~
18560 \begin_layout Description
18564 \begin_inset space ~
18569 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18570 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18573 \begin_layout Description
18574 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18575 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18581 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18584 \begin_inset space ~
18592 \begin_layout Standard
18593 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18594 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18595 that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
18601 In this context, first means first in this order:
18604 \begin_inset space ~
18616 \begin_inset space ~
18621 ; see the following longtable to see how it works:
18624 \begin_layout Standard
18626 \begin_inset Tabular
18627 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18628 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18629 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18630 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18631 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18632 <row endfirsthead="true">
18633 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18644 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18653 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 <row endfirsthead="true">
18664 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18684 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <row endhead="true">
18697 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18717 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <row endhead="true">
18728 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 <row endfoot="true">
18761 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18772 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19762 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19782 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19813 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19844 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19937 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19968 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20030 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20061 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20092 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20123 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20154 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20185 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20216 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20247 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20278 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20309 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20371 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20402 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20433 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20464 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20495 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20526 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20557 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20588 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20619 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20650 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20681 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20712 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20742 <row endlastfoot="true">
20743 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20754 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20763 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20780 \begin_layout Subsection
20782 \begin_inset Index idx
20785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20794 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20801 \begin_layout Standard
20802 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20803 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20804 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20805 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20809 , etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
20812 \begin_layout Standard
20813 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20814 for the column in the table dialog.
20815 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20816 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20820 \begin_layout Standard
20822 \begin_inset Tabular
20823 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20824 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20825 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20826 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20827 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20847 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20916 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20972 This is longer now.
20977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21028 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21029 This is longer now.
21034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21060 \begin_layout Standard
21061 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21062 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21067 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21068 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21074 Selection with the mouse or with
21078 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21079 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21080 the selection from outside the table.
21083 \begin_layout Section
21085 \begin_inset Index idx
21088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21104 \begin_layout Subsection
21108 \begin_layout Standard
21109 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21110 have a fixed location.
21112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21119 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21127 \begin_inset space ~
21132 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21133 too many notes on the current page.
21136 \begin_layout Standard
21137 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21138 Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21139 and pages without text.
21140 As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
21141 the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
21142 Floats are therefore numbered.
21143 Referencing is described in section
21144 \begin_inset space ~
21148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21150 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21157 \begin_layout Standard
21158 To insert a float, use the menu
21160 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21164 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21165 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21167 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21168 \begin_inset Index idx
21171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21177 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21178 paragraph within the float.
21179 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21180 by left-clicking on the box label.
21181 A closed float box looks like this:
21182 \begin_inset Graphics
21183 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21188 – a gray button with a red label.
21191 \begin_layout Standard
21192 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21193 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21196 \begin_layout Subsection
21200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21204 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21209 \begin_inset Index idx
21212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21213 Floats ! Figure floats
21221 \begin_layout Standard
21223 \begin_inset space ~
21227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21229 reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21233 was created using the menu
21235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21236 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21239 or the toolbar button
21242 arg "float-insert figure"
21246 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21249 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21252 or the toolbar button
21255 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21259 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21260 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21262 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21264 \begin_inset space ~
21269 or the toolbar button
21272 arg "layout-paragraph"
21278 \begin_layout Standard
21279 \begin_inset Float figure
21284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21286 \begin_inset Graphics
21287 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21297 \begin_inset Caption
21299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21300 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21302 name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21306 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21319 \begin_layout Standard
21320 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21321 to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
21323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21326 or the toolbar button
21332 and refer to it using the menu
21334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21337 or the toolbar button
21340 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21344 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21353 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21363 For more about cross-references, see section
21364 \begin_inset space ~
21368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21370 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21377 \begin_layout Standard
21378 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21379 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21380 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21381 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21382 as described in section
21383 \begin_inset space ~
21387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21389 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21395 \begin_inset space ~
21399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21401 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21405 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21406 You can also set the images one below the other.
21408 \begin_inset space ~
21412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21414 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21421 reference "fig:Platypus"
21425 are the subfigures.
21428 \begin_layout Standard
21429 \begin_inset Float figure
21434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21435 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21439 \begin_inset Float figure
21444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21445 \begin_inset Caption
21447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21448 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21450 name "fig:Undefinable"
21462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21463 \begin_inset Graphics
21464 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21475 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21479 \begin_inset Float figure
21484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21485 \begin_inset Caption
21487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21490 name "fig:Platypus"
21502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21503 \begin_inset Graphics
21504 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21516 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21523 \begin_inset Caption
21525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21528 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21532 Two distorted images.
21545 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21547 \begin_inset Index idx
21550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21551 Floats ! Table floats
21559 \begin_layout Standard
21560 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21563 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21566 or the toolbar button
21569 arg "float-insert table"
21573 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21576 \begin_inset space ~
21580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21582 reference "tab:Table-float"
21589 \begin_layout Standard
21590 \begin_inset Float table
21595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21596 \begin_inset Caption
21598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21601 name "tab:Table-float"
21613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21615 \begin_inset Tabular
21616 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21617 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21618 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21747 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21768 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21771 \end{array}\right]$
21779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21792 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21813 \begin_layout Subsection
21815 \begin_inset Index idx
21818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21827 \begin_layout Standard
21828 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21829 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21830 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21832 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21840 \begin_inset space ~
21848 \begin_layout Section
21850 \begin_inset Index idx
21853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21862 name "sec:Minipages"
21869 \begin_layout Standard
21870 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21872 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21873 \begin_inset space \space{}
21880 \begin_layout Standard
21881 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21883 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21887 Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21888 and its alignment within the page.
21891 \begin_layout Standard
21893 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21903 height_special "totalheight"
21906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21909 This is a minipage.
21910 The text is set in an italic style.
21913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21916 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21917 another formatting.
21925 \begin_layout Standard
21926 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21929 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21933 as described in section
21934 \begin_inset space ~
21938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21940 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21945 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21951 \begin_layout Standard
21952 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21962 height_special "totalheight"
21965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21966 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21967 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21973 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21977 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21987 height_special "totalheight"
21990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21991 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21992 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22000 \begin_layout Standard
22001 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22007 \begin_layout Standard
22008 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
22010 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22017 \begin_inset space ~
22025 \begin_layout Chapter
22026 Mathematical Formulas
22027 \begin_inset Index idx
22030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22037 \begin_inset Index idx
22040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22071 name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
22078 \begin_layout Standard
22079 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22084 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22087 \begin_layout Section
22089 \begin_inset Index idx
22092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22101 \begin_layout Standard
22102 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22109 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22111 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22112 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22113 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22115 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22121 \begin_layout Standard
22122 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22126 \begin_inset space ~
22131 , that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
22134 \begin_layout Standard
22135 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22136 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22139 \begin_layout Standard
22140 This is a line with an inline formula
22141 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22147 \begin_layout Standard
22148 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22149 paragraph, like this one:
22150 \begin_inset Formula
22157 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22160 \begin_layout Standard
22161 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22167 \begin_inset space \space{}
22171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22184 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22185 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22189 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22192 \begin_inset space ~
22200 \begin_layout Subsection
22201 Navigating in Formulas
22202 \begin_inset Index idx
22205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22214 \begin_layout Standard
22215 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22216 achieved with the arrow keys.
22217 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22218 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22223 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22224 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22228 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22232 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22235 \end{array}\right]$
22243 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22248 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22249 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22252 \begin_layout Standard
22257 , printed in this document as
22258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22279 \begin_inset Note Note
22282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22284 the space character (visible space).
22289 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22290 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22291 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22296 For example, if you want
22297 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22351 , since in the latter case only the
22354 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22359 will be under the square root sign:
22360 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22366 \begin_layout Standard
22367 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22369 \begin_inset Formula
22371 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22380 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22381 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22384 \begin_layout Subsection
22388 \begin_layout Standard
22389 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22390 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22394 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22395 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22396 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22397 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22398 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22401 \begin_layout Subsection
22402 Exponents and Subscripts
22403 \begin_inset Index idx
22406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22413 \begin_inset Index idx
22416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22425 \begin_layout Standard
22426 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22429 arg "math-superscript"
22435 arg "math-subscript"
22438 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22440 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22443 , type in a formula
22449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22465 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22471 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22475 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22496 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22505 , you have to use an extra
22509 to separate the hat and the character.
22511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22515 \begin_inset space \space{}
22519 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22540 Subscripts are similar: To get
22541 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22564 \begin_layout Subsection
22566 \begin_inset Index idx
22569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22578 \begin_layout Standard
22579 Create a fraction with either the command
22588 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22594 \begin_inset space ~
22600 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22601 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22602 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22607 To move back up, press
22612 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22613 \begin_inset Formula
22615 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22618 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22626 \begin_layout Subsection
22628 \begin_inset Index idx
22631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22640 \begin_layout Standard
22641 Roots can be created using the
22644 \begin_inset space ~
22652 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22658 arg "math-insert \\root"
22680 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22686 produces always a square root.
22689 \begin_layout Subsection
22690 Operators with Limits
22691 \begin_inset Index idx
22694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22701 \begin_inset Index idx
22704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22713 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22720 \begin_layout Standard
22722 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22726 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22729 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22730 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22731 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22732 The sum operator will automatically place its
22733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22740 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22743 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22747 \begin_inset Formula
22749 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22754 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22758 \begin_layout Standard
22759 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22761 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22762 behind the operator and hitting
22770 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22771 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22773 \begin_inset space ~
22777 \begin_inset space ~
22785 \begin_layout Standard
22786 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22794 feature as addition, such as
22795 \begin_inset Index idx
22798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22805 \begin_inset Formula
22807 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22812 which will place the
22813 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22825 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22826 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22832 \begin_layout Standard
22833 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22840 Have a look at section
22841 \begin_inset space ~
22845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22847 reference "sub:Functions"
22851 for an explanation of function macros.
22854 \begin_layout Subsection
22856 \begin_inset Index idx
22859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22868 \begin_layout Standard
22869 Most math symbols can be found in the
22872 \begin_inset space ~
22877 under one of several categories; including
22894 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22898 \begin_layout Standard
22899 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22900 you don't have to use the
22903 \begin_inset space ~
22908 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22909 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22912 \begin_layout Subsection
22914 \begin_inset Index idx
22917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22926 \begin_layout Standard
22927 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22932 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22938 \begin_inset space ~
22948 arg "math-insert \\space"
22954 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22955 For example, the sequence
22960 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22964 \begin_inset Graphics
22965 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22970 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22971 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22972 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22973 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22975 Here are two examples:
22978 \begin_layout Standard
22988 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22994 \begin_layout Standard
23004 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23010 \begin_layout Subsection
23012 \begin_inset Index idx
23015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23024 name "sub:Functions"
23031 \begin_layout Standard
23035 \begin_inset space ~
23040 contains under the button
23045 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23050 a number of function macros, such as
23051 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23055 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23063 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23070 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23071 avoid confusions, because
23072 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23076 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23082 \begin_layout Standard
23083 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23085 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23089 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23095 \begin_layout Standard
23096 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23097 s are placed, as described in section
23098 \begin_inset space ~
23102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23104 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23111 \begin_layout Subsection
23113 \begin_inset Index idx
23116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23125 \begin_layout Standard
23126 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23128 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23129 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23130 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23134 \begin_inset space \space{}
23138 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23141 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23142 Our example is entered by typing
23150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23163 \begin_inset space ~
23167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23169 reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
23173 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23176 \begin_layout Standard
23177 \begin_inset Float table
23182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23183 \begin_inset Caption
23185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23188 name "tab:Accent-names-and"
23192 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23202 \begin_inset Tabular
23203 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23204 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23205 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23206 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23291 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23345 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23399 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23453 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23507 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23561 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23615 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23669 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23723 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23768 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23789 \begin_layout Standard
23790 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23793 \begin_inset space ~
23801 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23804 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23808 \begin_layout Section
23809 Brackets and Delimiters
23810 \begin_inset Index idx
23813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23820 \begin_inset Index idx
23823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23830 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23832 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23839 \begin_layout Standard
23840 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23841 For some purposes, using just the keys
23846 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23847 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23848 toolbar delimiter icon
23851 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23855 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23856 \begin_inset Formula
23858 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23866 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23867 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23871 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23874 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23880 \begin_inset Formula
23882 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23890 \begin_layout Standard
23891 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23892 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23896 \begin_layout Standard
23897 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23898 left side and right side.
23899 If you use the option
23902 \begin_inset space ~
23907 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23908 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23909 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23910 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23913 \begin_layout Standard
23914 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23915 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23916 go inside the brackets.
23917 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23922 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23923 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23924 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23925 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23926 the structure and enter
23929 arg "math-delim ( )"
23935 \begin_layout Section
23936 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23937 \begin_inset Index idx
23940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23947 \begin_inset Index idx
23950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23957 \begin_inset Index idx
23960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23961 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23969 \begin_layout Standard
23970 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23973 \begin_inset space ~
23983 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
23989 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23990 Here is an example:
23991 \begin_inset Formula
23993 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24002 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24003 \begin_inset space ~
24007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24009 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24014 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24015 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24016 This alignment is set in the box
24021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24069 for every column as default.
24070 For example, the sequence
24071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24082 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24083 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24084 corresponds to the relevant column.
24085 The result will look like this:
24086 \begin_inset Formula
24089 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24090 column & has & has\, right\\
24091 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24100 \begin_layout Standard
24101 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24104 arg "newline-insert newline"
24107 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24108 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24110 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24113 or the math toolbar.
24116 \begin_layout Standard
24117 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24118 It can be created with the menu
24120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24121 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24123 \begin_inset space ~
24135 Here is an example:
24136 \begin_inset Formula
24150 \begin_layout Standard
24151 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24154 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24157 arg "newline-insert newline"
24161 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24166 arg "newline-insert newline"
24169 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24177 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24178 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24179 A new row is created by every further hit of
24182 arg "newline-insert newline"
24186 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24187 Here is an example:
24188 \begin_inset Formula
24190 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24191 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24196 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24197 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24198 \begin_inset Formula
24200 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24208 \begin_layout Standard
24209 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24216 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24217 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24220 reference "eq:asquared"
24225 The other types are described in section
24226 \begin_inset space ~
24230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24232 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24239 \begin_layout Section
24240 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24241 \begin_inset Index idx
24244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24245 Math ! Formula numbering
24251 \begin_inset Index idx
24254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24255 Math ! Referencing formulas
24261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24263 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24270 \begin_layout Standard
24271 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24274 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24276 \begin_inset space ~
24284 arg "math-number-toggle"
24288 The formula number appears in LyX as
24289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24296 within parentheses.
24298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24305 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24307 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24308 the document class.
24309 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24310 separated by a dot:
24311 \begin_inset Formula
24321 arg "math-number-toggle"
24324 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24325 You can only number displayed formulas.
24328 \begin_layout Standard
24329 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24331 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24332 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24334 \begin_inset space ~
24338 \begin_inset space ~
24342 \begin_inset space ~
24350 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24353 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24354 \begin_inset Formula
24357 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24363 To number all lines use the shortcut
24366 arg "math-number-toggle"
24372 \begin_layout Standard
24373 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24376 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24377 A label is inserted with the menu
24379 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24382 when the cursor is in the formula.
24383 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24384 It is recommended to use the proposed
24385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24396 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24397 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24398 We inserted in the following example the label
24399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24406 in the second line:
24407 \begin_inset Formula
24409 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24410 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24415 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24416 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24426 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24430 \begin_inset space ~
24436 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24437 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24438 as the formula number:
24441 \begin_layout Standard
24442 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24445 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24452 \begin_layout Standard
24453 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24454 \begin_inset space ~
24458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24460 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24465 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24473 \begin_layout Section
24474 User defined math macros
24475 \begin_inset Index idx
24478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24487 \begin_layout Standard
24488 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24489 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24490 Math macros are explained in section
24493 \begin_inset space ~
24505 \begin_layout Section
24509 \begin_layout Subsection
24511 \begin_inset Index idx
24514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24523 \begin_layout Standard
24524 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24525 To set a font in a formula, use the
24528 \begin_inset space ~
24538 arg "math-insert \\font"
24543 , or enter its command, listed in table
24544 \begin_inset space ~
24548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24550 reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24557 \begin_layout Standard
24558 \begin_inset Float table
24563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24564 \begin_inset Caption
24566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24569 name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24573 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24583 \begin_inset Tabular
24584 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24585 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24586 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24587 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24619 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24646 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24673 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24706 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24733 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24760 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24794 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24821 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24855 \begin_layout Standard
24856 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24864 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24880 \begin_layout Standard
24881 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24882 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24887 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24888 space when you need a space in the box.
24889 Here is an example where
24890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24901 denotes the set of numbers:
24902 \begin_inset Formula
24904 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24913 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24915 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24919 \begin_inset space \space{}
24931 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24935 \begin_inset Newline newline
24938 So it is better not to use this feature.
24941 \begin_layout Standard
24942 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24943 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24947 \begin_inset Newline newline
24950 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24956 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24957 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24963 \begin_layout Standard
24970 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24973 \begin_layout Standard
24974 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24976 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24977 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24979 \begin_inset space ~
24987 \begin_layout Subsection
24989 \begin_inset Index idx
24992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25001 \begin_layout Standard
25002 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25004 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25008 \begin_inset space ~
25012 \begin_inset space ~
25020 \begin_inset space ~
25030 arg "math-insert \\font"
25042 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25043 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25044 Here is an example:
25045 \begin_inset Formula
25048 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25049 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25058 \begin_layout Subsection
25060 \begin_inset Index idx
25063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25072 \begin_layout Standard
25073 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25074 automatically chosen in most situations.
25092 For most characters,
25100 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25101 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25106 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25107 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25109 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25114 arg "math-insert \\style"
25120 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25121 For example, you can set
25122 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25125 , which is normally in
25134 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25138 The four styles are used in the following example:
25141 \begin_layout Standard
25142 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25146 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25150 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25154 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25160 \begin_layout Standard
25161 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25162 is set in a particular size with the menu
25164 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25166 \begin_inset space ~
25171 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25172 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25173 will be adjusted to correspond.
25174 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25185 \begin_layout Standard
25189 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25195 \begin_layout Section
25199 \begin_layout Standard
25200 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25201 the document classes and into layout modules.
25202 \begin_inset Index idx
25205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25211 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25212 other than the AMS classes.
25214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25216 reference "sub:Modules"
25220 for more on layout modules.
25223 \begin_layout Section
25225 \begin_inset Index idx
25228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25235 \begin_inset Index idx
25238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25247 \begin_layout Standard
25248 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25249 (AMS) that are in common use.
25252 \begin_layout Subsection
25253 Enabling AMS-Support
25256 \begin_layout Standard
25257 Selecting the checkbox
25260 \begin_inset space ~
25264 \begin_inset space ~
25268 \begin_inset space ~
25275 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25279 \begin_inset Index idx
25282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25283 Document ! Settings
25291 \begin_inset space ~
25296 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25297 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25298 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25301 \begin_layout Subsection
25303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25305 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25310 \begin_inset Index idx
25313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25314 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25322 \begin_layout Standard
25323 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25324 LyX allows you to choose between
25345 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25348 \begin_layout Chapter
25352 \begin_layout Section
25354 \begin_inset Index idx
25357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25366 name "sec:Cross-References"
25373 \begin_layout Standard
25374 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25375 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25377 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25378 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25379 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25382 \begin_layout Enumerate
25386 \begin_layout Enumerate
25387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25389 name "enu:Second-item"
25396 \begin_layout Enumerate
25400 \begin_layout Standard
25401 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25403 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25406 or by pressing the toolbar button
25413 A gray label box like this:
25414 \begin_inset Graphics
25415 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25420 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25421 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25456 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25461 \begin_inset space \space{}
25464 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25480 \begin_layout Standard
25481 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25486 or the toolbar button
25489 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25493 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25494 \begin_inset Graphics
25495 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25500 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25502 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25515 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25519 \begin_layout Standard
25522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25525 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25530 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25531 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25533 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25545 \begin_layout Standard
25546 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25547 \begin_inset space ~
25551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25553 reference "enu:Second-item"
25560 \begin_layout Standard
25561 It is recommended to use a protected space
25565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25566 described in section
25567 \begin_inset space ~
25571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25573 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25582 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25583 line breaks between them.
25586 \begin_layout Standard
25587 There are six formats of cross-references:
25590 \begin_layout Description
25591 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25594 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25601 \begin_layout Description
25602 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25603 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25615 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25622 \begin_layout Description
25623 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25624 \begin_inset space ~
25628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25629 LatexCommand pageref
25630 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25637 \begin_layout Description
25639 \begin_inset space ~
25643 \begin_inset space ~
25646 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25648 LatexCommand vpageref
25649 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25656 \begin_layout Description
25658 \begin_inset space ~
25662 \begin_inset space ~
25666 \begin_inset space ~
25669 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25672 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25679 \begin_layout Description
25681 \begin_inset space ~
25684 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25685 \begin_inset Newline newline
25689 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25697 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25706 \begin_inset Index idx
25709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25710 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25716 \begin_inset Index idx
25719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25720 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25731 \begin_inset Newline newline
25734 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25737 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25741 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25742 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25750 is the default and preferred because
25754 supports only English documents.
25755 The format is specified by using the command
25767 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25768 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25781 ) can be done with this command
25782 \begin_inset Newline newline
25789 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25794 \begin_inset Newline newline
25797 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25799 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25801 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25808 \begin_layout Description
25810 \begin_inset space ~
25813 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25815 LatexCommand nameref
25816 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25823 \begin_layout Standard
25828 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25835 \begin_inset space \space{}
25839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25853 <reference> on page <page>
25855 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25858 \begin_layout Standard
25859 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25860 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25861 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25865 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25869 \begin_layout Standard
25870 You can only use the style
25874 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25878 is always possible.
25881 \begin_layout Standard
25882 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25883 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25885 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25886 \begin_inset space ~
25890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25892 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25899 \begin_layout Standard
25900 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25904 \begin_inset space ~
25908 \begin_inset space ~
25913 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25914 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25917 \begin_inset space ~
25922 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25923 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25926 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25932 \begin_layout Standard
25933 You can change labels at any time.
25934 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25935 do not need to think about this.
25938 \begin_layout Standard
25939 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25940 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25943 \begin_layout Standard
25944 References are described in detail in sec.
25945 \begin_inset space ~
25949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25959 \begin_inset space ~
25967 \begin_layout Section
25968 Table of Contents and other Listings
25969 \begin_inset Index idx
25972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25979 \begin_inset Index idx
25982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25998 \begin_layout Subsection
26000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26002 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26009 \begin_layout Standard
26010 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26012 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26013 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26015 \begin_inset space ~
26019 \begin_inset space ~
26025 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26026 If you click on it, the
26030 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
26031 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
26032 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26034 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26037 that is described in sec.
26038 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26044 reference "sub:The-Outliner"
26051 \begin_layout Standard
26052 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26053 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26055 \begin_inset space ~
26059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26061 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26065 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26067 \begin_inset space ~
26071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26073 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26077 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26079 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26082 \begin_layout Subsection
26083 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26086 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26093 \begin_layout Standard
26094 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26095 You can insert them via the
26097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26099 \begin_inset space ~
26103 \begin_inset space ~
26109 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26112 \begin_layout Section
26113 URLs and Hyperlinks
26114 \begin_inset Index idx
26117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26124 \begin_inset Index idx
26127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26136 \begin_layout Subsection
26138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26148 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26150 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26157 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26158 \begin_inset Flex URL
26161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26172 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26178 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26182 \begin_layout Standard
26183 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26191 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26199 \begin_layout Subsection
26201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26203 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26210 \begin_layout Standard
26211 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26216 or with the toolbar button
26223 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26232 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26233 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26234 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26236 name "LyX's homepage"
26237 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26241 , an Email address like this:
26242 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26244 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26245 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26250 , or a link to a file.
26253 \begin_layout Standard
26254 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26267 to the link target.
26270 \begin_layout Standard
26271 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26272 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26273 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26274 the text style dialog.
26275 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26279 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26281 name "LyX's homepage"
26282 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26289 \begin_layout Standard
26290 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26294 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26296 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26297 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26301 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26303 \begin_inset Newline newline
26311 \begin_inset Newline newline
26318 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26321 \begin_layout Section
26323 \begin_inset Index idx
26326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26335 name "sec:Appendices"
26342 \begin_layout Standard
26343 Appendices are created with the menu
26345 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26347 \begin_inset space ~
26351 \begin_inset space ~
26357 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26358 as the appendix region.
26359 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26362 \begin_layout Standard
26363 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26364 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26365 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26366 and the subsection number.
26367 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26373 \begin_inset space ~
26377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26379 reference "chap:Credits"
26384 \begin_inset space ~
26388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26390 reference "sub:Export"
26397 \begin_layout Section
26399 \begin_inset Index idx
26402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26411 name "sec:Bibliography"
26418 \begin_layout Standard
26419 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26420 You can include a bibliography database,
26424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26425 Known under the name
26426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26438 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26439 manually, using the paragraph environment
26443 , which was described in section
26444 \begin_inset space ~
26448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26450 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26455 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26456 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26460 use a bibliography database.
26463 \begin_layout Subsection
26464 The Bibliography Environment
26467 \begin_layout Standard
26472 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26474 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26483 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26485 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26494 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26497 \begin_layout Standard
26498 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26500 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26503 or the toolbar button
26506 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26510 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26511 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26512 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26513 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26517 \begin_layout Standard
26518 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26519 entry with surrounding brackets.
26524 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26525 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26537 \begin_layout Standard
26540 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26543 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26545 key "latexcompanion"
26552 \begin_layout Standard
26553 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26554 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26563 \begin_layout Subsection
26564 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26565 \begin_inset Index idx
26568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26569 Bibliography ! Databases
26575 \begin_inset Index idx
26578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26579 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26585 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26587 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26594 \begin_layout Standard
26595 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26601 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26603 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26604 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26609 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26611 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26612 your working field in a database.
26613 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26614 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26615 list for that document.
26616 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26620 \begin_layout Standard
26621 The database is a text file with the file extension
26622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26633 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26634 The format is explained in
26635 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26641 and in LaTeX books (
26642 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26644 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26649 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26650 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26651 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26652 \begin_inset Flex URL
26655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26657 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26666 To use a database, use the menu
26668 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26673 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26686 \begin_inset space ~
26692 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26693 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26696 Add bibliography to TOC
26698 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26703 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26704 in the document or just the cited references.
26707 \begin_layout Standard
26708 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26720 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26721 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26722 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26724 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26730 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26731 \begin_inset Newline newline
26735 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26737 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26749 \begin_layout Standard
26750 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26753 \begin_layout Standard
26754 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26755 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26756 either in the document settings under
26760 or in LyX's preferences under
26762 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26777 The following variants are possible:
26780 \begin_layout Description
26781 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26782 other bibliography packages (like e.
26783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26787 \begin_inset space ~
26794 ), only with the package
26798 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26802 \begin_layout Description
26803 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26804 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26805 with all bibliography packages, except of
26810 \begin_layout Description
26811 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26816 , works with all bibliography packages
26819 \begin_layout Standard
26820 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26822 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26828 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26837 \begin_layout Standard
26838 When you select the option
26840 Sectioned bibliography
26844 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26847 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26848 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26850 Customizing Bibliographies
26858 Additional Features
26863 \begin_layout Standard
26864 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26865 the two methods of creating them.
26866 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26867 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26868 We used the style file
26872 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26875 \begin_layout Subsection
26876 Bibliography layout
26877 \begin_inset Index idx
26880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26881 Bibliography ! Layout
26889 \begin_layout Standard
26890 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26891 For this feature you need to enable the option
26897 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26901 \begin_inset Index idx
26904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26905 Document ! Settings
26915 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26916 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26917 in the previous section.
26920 \begin_layout Standard
26921 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26922 the citation reference window.
26923 Here is an example where the text
26924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26928 \begin_inset space ~
26932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26935 appears after the reference:
26938 \begin_layout Standard
26940 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26943 key "latexcompanion"
26950 \begin_layout Section
26952 \begin_inset Index idx
26955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26971 \begin_layout Standard
26972 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26976 \begin_inset space ~
26981 or the toolbar button
26988 A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26989 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26990 by LyX as the index entry.
26993 \begin_layout Standard
26994 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26996 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26998 \begin_inset space ~
27002 \begin_inset space ~
27005 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27007 \begin_inset space ~
27013 A light blue box labeled
27014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27025 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27026 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27029 \begin_layout Standard
27030 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27031 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27033 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27035 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27042 \begin_layout Subsection
27043 Grouping Index Entries
27044 \begin_inset Index idx
27047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27056 \begin_layout Standard
27057 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27059 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27060 lists under the entry
27061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27069 First we create the entry
27070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27078 \begin_inset space ~
27082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27084 reference "sub:Lists"
27089 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27090 \begin_inset space ~
27094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27096 reference "sec:Itemize"
27100 , we insert the command
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27109 \begin_layout Standard
27113 \begin_layout Standard
27119 \begin_layout Standard
27120 for the enumerated list in section
27121 \begin_inset space ~
27125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27127 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27134 \begin_layout Standard
27135 The exclamation mark
27136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27143 marks the grouping levels.
27144 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27145 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27146 If we don't have an index entry for
27147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27154 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27157 \begin_layout Subsection
27159 \begin_inset Index idx
27162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27163 Index ! Page ranges
27171 \begin_layout Standard
27172 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27174 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27180 \begin_inset space \space{}
27183 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27185 \begin_inset space ~
27189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27191 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27198 \begin_layout Standard
27201 Paragraph environments|(
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27205 and another entry at the end of section
27206 \begin_inset space ~
27210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27212 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27219 \begin_layout Standard
27222 Paragraph environments|)
27225 \begin_layout Standard
27227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27250 respectively start and end the index range.
27251 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27252 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27253 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27254 An example is the index entry
27255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27258 Document ! Settings
27259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27265 \begin_layout Subsection
27267 \begin_inset Index idx
27270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27271 Index ! Cross referencing
27279 \begin_layout Standard
27280 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27281 We referred for example in the index entry
27282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27290 \begin_inset space ~
27294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27296 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27300 ) to the index entry
27301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27308 in the same section using the entry
27311 \begin_layout Standard
27314 GIF|see{Image formats}
27317 \begin_layout Standard
27318 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27319 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27320 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27323 \begin_layout Subsection
27325 \begin_inset Index idx
27328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27329 Index ! Entry order
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27338 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27339 follow the rules for the index order.
27340 The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
27344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27345 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27347 \begin_inset space ~
27351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27353 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27362 does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
27363 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27388 \begin_inset Index idx
27391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27392 Dummy entries ! maïs
27398 \begin_inset Index idx
27401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27402 Dummy entries ! maître
27408 \begin_inset Index idx
27411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27412 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27417 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
27418 maïs, maison, maître.
27419 To achieve this, we use the command
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27425 previous entry@current entry
27428 \begin_layout Standard
27429 In our case we want to have
27430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27445 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27448 \begin_layout Standard
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27455 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27456 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27457 See the next subsection for an example.
27460 \begin_layout Standard
27461 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27467 \begin_layout Standard
27468 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27473 to generate the index (see sec.
27474 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27480 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27489 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27497 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27501 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27502 index commands start with
27503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27515 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27520 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27523 \begin_layout Standard
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27547 \begin_layout Subsection
27549 \begin_inset Index idx
27552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27553 Index ! Entry layout
27561 \begin_layout Standard
27562 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27563 \begin_inset Index idx
27566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27569 This is an italic dummy entry
27574 You can also format the page number using the character
27575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27582 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27583 We can write for example
27586 \begin_layout Standard
27589 italic page number:|textit
27592 \begin_layout Standard
27593 to get the page number in italic.
27594 \begin_inset Index idx
27597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27598 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27603 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27621 \begin_inset space ~
27627 Have a look at section
27628 \begin_inset space ~
27632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27634 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27638 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27642 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27650 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27654 to generate the index, see sec.
27655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27661 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27670 , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27675 requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27676 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27679 key "latexcompanion"
27691 \begin_layout Standard
27692 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27694 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27695 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27696 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27697 If so, put the following in the preamble
27700 \begin_layout Standard
27712 \begin_layout Standard
27716 \begin_layout Standard
27722 \begin_layout Standard
27723 in the index entry.
27724 \begin_inset Index idx
27727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27728 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27733 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27734 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27735 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27739 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27745 \begin_inset space \space{}
27748 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27749 for all index entries.
27750 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27762 documentation for details,
27763 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27765 key "makeindex,xindy"
27772 \begin_layout Subsection
27774 \begin_inset Index idx
27777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27786 name "sub:Index-Program"
27793 \begin_layout Standard
27794 If the index entry program
27798 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27802 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27811 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27812 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27813 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27814 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27815 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27825 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27826 dialog, see section
27827 \begin_inset space ~
27831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27833 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27838 The available options are listed and explained in
27839 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27841 key "makeindex,xindy"
27846 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27850 \begin_layout Standard
27851 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27852 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27855 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27856 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27860 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27861 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27864 \begin_layout Subsection
27868 \begin_layout Standard
27869 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27870 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27878 next to the standard index.
27879 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
27880 that add this feature.
27886 \begin_inset Index idx
27889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27890 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27895 package to generate multiple indexes.
27896 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27901 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27902 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27909 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27910 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27911 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27920 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27922 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27923 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27926 and select the option
27928 Use multiple Indexes
27935 already contains the standard index
27936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27944 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27945 also appear as a heading) to the
27949 input field and press the
27954 The new index now also appears in the list.
27955 If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new
27959 \begin_layout Standard
27960 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27963 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27965 \begin_inset space ~
27969 \begin_inset space ~
27978 menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
27979 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27980 are additional features:
27983 \begin_layout Itemize
27984 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27985 on the entries' label will open a dialog where you can do that.
27988 \begin_layout Itemize
27989 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27990 Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
27991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27999 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28004 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28005 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28006 to the non-subindexes.
28009 \begin_layout Section
28010 Nomenclature / Glossary
28011 \begin_inset Index idx
28014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28021 \begin_inset Index idx
28024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28053 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28055 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28062 \begin_layout Standard
28063 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28064 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28068 \begin_layout Standard
28069 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28074 \begin_inset Index idx
28077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28078 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28084 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28085 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28091 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28094 \begin_layout Standard
28095 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28096 and then use the menu
28098 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28104 \begin_inset space ~
28109 or the toolbar button
28112 arg "nomencl-insert"
28117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28128 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28131 \begin_layout Standard
28132 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28133 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28134 The second is the description of the symbol.
28137 \begin_layout Standard
28138 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28146 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28154 \begin_layout Subsection
28155 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28156 \begin_inset Index idx
28159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28160 Nomenclature ! Layout
28168 \begin_layout Standard
28169 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28173 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28179 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28187 \begin_inset Newline newline
28195 \begin_inset Newline newline
28201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28208 character starts/ends the formula.
28209 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28221 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28231 \begin_layout Standard
28232 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28233 \begin_inset space ~
28237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28239 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28246 \begin_layout Standard
28250 \begin_inset space ~
28255 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28256 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28261 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28268 in this document is:
28269 \begin_inset Newline newline
28274 dummy entry for the character
28279 \begin_inset Newline newline
28291 \begin_inset space ~
28301 font use the command
28330 \begin_layout Subsection
28331 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28332 \begin_inset Index idx
28335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28336 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28344 \begin_layout Standard
28345 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28346 the symbol definition.
28347 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28348 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28351 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28352 LatexCommand nomenclature
28354 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28361 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28365 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28366 LatexCommand nomenclature
28369 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28374 They will be sorted by
28375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28401 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28404 will be sorted before the
28408 since the character
28409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28416 is considered in sorting.
28419 \begin_layout Standard
28420 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28423 \begin_inset space ~
28428 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28429 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28431 For the example given, you can insert
28435 in this field for the
28436 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28443 will be located before
28444 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28450 \begin_layout Standard
28451 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28456 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28465 \begin_layout Subsection
28466 Nomenclature Options
28467 \begin_inset Index idx
28470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28471 Nomenclature ! Options
28479 \begin_layout Standard
28484 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28485 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28488 \begin_layout Description
28489 refeq Appends the phrase
28490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28505 to every nomenclature entry, where
28511 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28514 \begin_layout Description
28515 refpage Appends the phrase
28516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28531 to every nomenclature entry, where
28537 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28540 \begin_layout Description
28541 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28544 \begin_layout Standard
28545 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28546 class options list in the
28548 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28552 In this document the options
28559 \begin_layout Standard
28560 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28566 \begin_layout Standard
28567 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28568 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28573 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28576 \begin_layout Description
28586 \begin_layout Description
28589 nomrefpage Like the
28596 \begin_layout Description
28599 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28608 \begin_layout Description
28612 \begin_inset space ~
28618 \begin_inset space ~
28623 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28626 \begin_layout Standard
28628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28635 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28636 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28639 \begin_layout Standard
28647 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28650 \begin_inset Newline newline
28657 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28662 \begin_inset Newline newline
28666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28681 by their translation.
28684 \begin_layout Subsection
28685 Printing the Nomenclature
28686 \begin_inset Index idx
28689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28690 Nomenclature ! Printing
28698 \begin_layout Standard
28699 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28701 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28703 \begin_inset space ~
28707 \begin_inset space ~
28710 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28726 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28727 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28728 You can choose between these settings:
28731 \begin_layout Description
28732 Default a space of 1
28733 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28739 \begin_layout Description
28741 \begin_inset space ~
28745 \begin_inset space ~
28748 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28751 \begin_layout Description
28752 Custom custom space
28755 \begin_layout Standard
28756 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28765 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28773 For example, in order to change the name to
28777 , add the following line to the preamble:
28780 \begin_layout Standard
28788 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28791 \begin_layout Subsection
28792 Nomenclature Program
28793 \begin_inset Index idx
28796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28797 Nomenclature ! Program
28803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28805 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28812 \begin_layout Standard
28813 LyX uses the program
28817 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28818 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28823 by adding options, see section
28824 \begin_inset space ~
28828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28830 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28835 The available options are listed and explained in
28836 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28838 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28845 \begin_layout Section
28847 \begin_inset Index idx
28850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28857 \begin_inset Index idx
28860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28861 Document ! Branches
28867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28869 name "sec:Branches"
28876 \begin_layout Standard
28877 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28878 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28879 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28880 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28883 \begin_layout Standard
28884 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28885 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28886 To create a branch, either select the menu
28888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28889 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28892 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28894 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28901 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28902 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28903 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28904 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28905 (see below for an example).
28906 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28907 to the name of the other) and to add
28908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28916 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28920 \begin_inset space ~
28923 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28924 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28927 \begin_layout Standard
28928 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28929 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28934 where you can choose a branch.
28935 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28939 \begin_layout Standard
28940 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28941 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28944 \begin_layout Standard
28945 \begin_inset Branch Question
28948 \begin_layout Standard
28949 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28957 \begin_layout Standard
28958 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28961 \begin_layout Standard
28962 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28970 \begin_layout Standard
28977 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28978 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28981 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28982 Consider for example a file
28983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28990 which has the above branches.
28992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28999 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29023 branch were inactive,
29024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29039 branch was active, likewise
29040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29055 branch was active, and
29056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29059 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29063 if both branches were active.
29064 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29068 \begin_layout Standard
29069 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29075 \begin_layout Standard
29076 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29077 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29079 For example you can define for the question branch
29083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29084 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29085 \begin_inset space ~
29089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29091 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29103 \begin_layout Standard
29113 \begin_layout Standard
29123 \begin_layout Standard
29124 and for the answer branch
29127 \begin_layout Standard
29137 \begin_layout Standard
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29148 \begin_inset Branch Question
29151 \begin_layout Standard
29155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29183 \begin_layout Standard
29184 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29187 \begin_layout Standard
29191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29219 \begin_layout Standard
29220 Now it is possible to use the commands
29224 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29231 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29234 to obtain conditional output.
29235 Here is an example formula where only the
29242 \begin_inset Formula
29244 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29252 \begin_layout Standard
29253 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29259 \change_inserted 5863208 1334492666
29263 \begin_layout Standard
29265 \change_inserted 5863208 1334493356
29266 Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
29268 any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.).
29269 For this advanced usage, please study Customization manual (in particular
29271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29274 Flex insets and InsetLayout
29275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29283 \begin_layout Section
29285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29287 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29292 \begin_inset Index idx
29295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29304 \begin_layout Standard
29309 dialog allows you in the
29313 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29314 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29319 \begin_inset Index idx
29322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29323 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29331 \begin_layout Standard
29336 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29337 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29338 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29340 You can specify in the dialog tab
29344 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29346 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29347 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29351 \begin_layout Standard
29356 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29357 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29358 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29360 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29361 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29363 \begin_inset space ~
29366 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29367 \begin_inset space ~
29370 1 will only display the sections.
29373 \begin_layout Standard
29374 The header information in the dialog tab
29378 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29379 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29384 \begin_inset space \space{}
29387 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29388 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29391 Automatic fill header
29393 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29394 title and author settings.
29397 \begin_layout Standard
29400 Load in fullscreen mode
29402 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29405 \begin_layout Standard
29406 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29407 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29413 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29414 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29423 \begin_layout Section
29424 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29427 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29434 \begin_layout Subsection
29436 \begin_inset Index idx
29439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29448 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29455 \begin_layout Standard
29456 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29457 constructs, but not all.
29458 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29459 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29460 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29461 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29462 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29466 \begin_layout Standard
29467 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29469 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29471 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29473 \begin_inset space ~
29478 or by the toolbar button
29491 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29499 \begin_layout Standard
29500 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29501 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29502 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29503 using the LaTeX-command
29509 , you can write the command part
29515 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29519 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29520 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29521 the following example:
29524 \begin_layout Standard
29525 \begin_inset Graphics
29526 filename clipart/ERT.png
29534 \begin_layout Standard
29538 \begin_layout Standard
29539 This is a line with a
29543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29566 \begin_layout Standard
29567 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29575 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29576 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29584 \begin_layout Subsection
29585 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29586 \begin_inset Argument
29589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29596 \begin_inset Index idx
29599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29608 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29615 \begin_layout Standard
29616 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29617 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29618 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29627 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29628 any time if you know the right commands.
29630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29634 \begin_inset space \space{}
29637 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29639 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29640 all caption labels bold.
29641 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29643 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29647 \begin_layout Standard
29648 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29649 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29650 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29652 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29661 \begin_layout Standard
29662 As result you find that the package
29667 \begin_inset Index idx
29670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29671 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29677 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29679 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29685 \begin_layout Standard
29690 usepackage[options]{package name}
29693 \begin_layout Standard
29694 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29695 two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
29696 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29699 \begin_layout Standard
29700 In your case the package name is
29705 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29710 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29711 So you add the command
29714 \begin_layout Standard
29719 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29722 \begin_layout Standard
29723 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29728 For more commands provided by the
29732 package, have a look at its documentation,
29733 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29747 \begin_layout Standard
29748 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29750 For example if you use a
29754 class, you don't need the package
29758 , you can instead write
29761 \begin_layout Standard
29766 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29771 \begin_layout Standard
29772 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29773 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29774 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29781 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29784 \begin_layout Standard
29785 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29786 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29788 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29789 the previous section.
29792 \begin_layout Standard
29793 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29795 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29797 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29804 \begin_layout Standard
29805 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29811 \begin_layout Standard
29815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29825 \begin_inset Note Note
29828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29829 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29837 \begin_layout Left Header
29838 \begin_inset Argument
29841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29861 \begin_inset Note Note
29864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29865 defines the header line as described below
29873 \begin_layout Center Header
29874 \begin_inset Argument
29877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29886 \begin_layout Right Header
29887 \begin_inset Argument
29890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29911 \begin_layout Left Footer
29912 \begin_inset Argument
29915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29936 \begin_layout Center Footer
29937 \begin_inset Argument
29940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29951 \begin_inset Newline newline
29955 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29961 \begin_layout Right Footer
29962 \begin_inset Argument
29965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29987 \begin_layout Section
29988 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29991 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29996 \begin_inset Index idx
29999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30000 Document ! Header/Footer line
30006 \begin_inset Index idx
30009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30018 \begin_layout Standard
30019 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30020 to set the headings style to
30026 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30032 \begin_inset space ~
30038 As a second step add in the menu
30040 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30041 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30048 Custom Header/Footerlines
30049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30053 This module offers the following 6
30054 \begin_inset space ~
30060 \begin_layout Description
30062 \begin_inset space ~
30066 \begin_inset space ~
30070 \begin_inset space ~
30074 \begin_inset space ~
30078 \begin_inset space ~
30084 \begin_layout Description
30086 \begin_inset space ~
30090 \begin_inset space ~
30094 \begin_inset space ~
30098 \begin_inset space ~
30102 \begin_inset space ~
30108 \begin_layout Standard
30109 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30112 \begin_layout Standard
30113 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30114 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30116 \begin_inset space ~
30120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30122 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30126 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30129 \begin_layout Standard
30130 \begin_inset Float figure
30136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30139 \begin_inset Tabular
30140 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30141 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30142 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30144 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30146 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30164 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30175 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30193 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30204 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30208 The normal text on the page goes here.
30209 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30211 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30212 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30217 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30226 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30237 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30255 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30266 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30284 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 \begin_inset Caption
30304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30307 name "fig:Page-layout"
30311 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30324 \begin_layout Subsection
30328 \begin_layout Standard
30329 To define your header line, add all 3
30330 \begin_inset space ~
30334 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30335 the optional arguments on even pages.
30336 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30338 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30339 Defining the footer line works similar.
30342 \begin_layout Standard
30343 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30346 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30359 \begin_inset space ~
30367 \begin_layout Description
30370 thepage prints the current page number
30373 \begin_layout Description
30376 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30379 \begin_layout Description
30382 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30385 \begin_layout Description
30388 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30389 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30396 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30399 because it usually goes in a left header.
30402 \begin_layout Description
30405 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30406 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30408 It is normally used in the right header.
30411 \begin_layout Subsection
30412 Default header/footer
30415 \begin_layout Standard
30416 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30417 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30418 footer has the page number.
30419 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30420 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30421 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30424 \begin_inset space ~
30432 \begin_layout Subsection
30436 \begin_layout Standard
30437 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30438 Some pages are different.
30439 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30440 a new part or chapter in your book.
30441 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30442 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30443 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30446 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30447 Header and footer decoration line
30450 \begin_layout Standard
30451 By default, you get a 0.4
30452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30455 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30456 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30468 in the following scheme:
30471 \begin_layout Standard
30478 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30481 \begin_layout Standard
30482 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30491 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30498 \begin_layout Standard
30499 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30500 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30501 \begin_inset space ~
30505 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30515 Several header/footer lines
30518 \begin_layout Standard
30519 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30520 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30521 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30523 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30535 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30538 \begin_layout Standard
30545 headheight}{height}
30548 \begin_layout Standard
30549 Where height is a size in standard units.
30550 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30551 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30552 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30554 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30568 and look via the button
30571 \begin_inset space ~
30576 if you find a warning of the package
30581 \begin_inset Index idx
30584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30585 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30591 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30592 for your header/footer.
30595 \begin_layout Subsection
30599 \begin_layout Standard
30600 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30601 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30602 This example consists of the following definition:
30605 \begin_layout Description
30607 \begin_inset space ~
30616 , empty optional argument
30619 \begin_layout Description
30621 \begin_inset space ~
30624 Header empty, empty optional argument
30627 \begin_layout Description
30629 \begin_inset space ~
30638 in the optional argument
30641 \begin_layout Description
30643 \begin_inset space ~
30652 in the optional argument
30655 \begin_layout Description
30657 \begin_inset space ~
30669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30673 \begin_inset Newline newline
30677 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30684 in the optional argument
30687 \begin_layout Description
30689 \begin_inset space ~
30698 , empty optional argument
30701 \begin_layout Description
30704 headrulewidth set to 2
30705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30711 \begin_layout Standard
30712 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30713 For more special things like e.
30714 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30718 \begin_inset space ~
30721 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30726 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30735 \begin_layout Standard
30736 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30742 \begin_layout Standard
30746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30750 pagestyle{headings}
30756 \begin_inset Note Note
30759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 switches back to page style with the default headings
30768 \begin_layout Section
30769 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30772 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30777 \begin_inset Index idx
30780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30787 \begin_inset Index idx
30790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30799 \begin_layout Standard
30800 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30801 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30802 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30805 \begin_layout Subsection
30809 \begin_layout Standard
30810 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30815 \begin_inset Index idx
30818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30819 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30824 (on some systems named simply
30829 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30831 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30837 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30838 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30846 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30847 automatically installed together with LyX.
30850 \begin_layout Subsection
30854 \begin_layout Standard
30855 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30856 LaTeX, activate the option
30859 \begin_inset space ~
30866 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30872 \begin_inset space ~
30876 \begin_inset space ~
30879 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30886 \begin_inset space ~
30899 \begin_inset space ~
30904 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30907 \begin_layout Standard
30908 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30912 \begin_layout Standard
30913 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30921 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30922 generated by activating the option
30925 \begin_inset space ~
30931 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30939 \begin_layout Subsection
30940 Selected document parts
30943 \begin_layout Standard
30944 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30945 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30946 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30947 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30953 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30954 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30955 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30958 \begin_layout Standard
30959 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30965 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30976 is explained in section
30978 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30983 \begin_inset space ~
30993 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
30994 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
30996 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
30998 Here is the result:
31001 \begin_layout Standard
31002 \begin_inset Preview
31004 \begin_layout Standard
31009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31013 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31019 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31029 height_special "totalheight"
31032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31057 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31063 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31085 \begin_layout Standard
31086 Previewing works also for colors.
31087 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31105 is explained in section
31112 \begin_inset space ~
31125 \begin_layout Standard
31126 \begin_inset Preview
31128 \begin_layout Standard
31132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31151 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31156 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31175 \begin_layout Standard
31176 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31182 \begin_layout Standard
31183 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31184 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31185 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31187 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31188 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31189 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31190 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31194 \begin_layout Subsection
31198 \begin_layout Standard
31199 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31202 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31204 \begin_inset space ~
31209 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31210 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31212 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31213 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31214 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31215 the source view window.
31218 \begin_layout Section
31219 Advanced Find and Replace
31220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31222 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31227 \begin_inset Index idx
31230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31237 \begin_inset Index idx
31240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31249 \begin_layout Subsection
31253 \begin_layout Standard
31254 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31255 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31256 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31257 The key-features are:
31260 \begin_layout Itemize
31261 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31262 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31263 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31267 \begin_layout Itemize
31268 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31269 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31270 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31271 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31274 \begin_layout Itemize
31275 Search may be widened to a specific
31280 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31284 \begin_inset space ~
31287 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31288 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31295 \begin_layout Itemize
31296 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31297 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31302 \begin_inset space ~
31305 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31308 \begin_layout Subsection
31312 \begin_layout Standard
31313 The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
31315 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31328 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31331 ) or the toolbar button
31334 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31340 Advanced Find and Replace
31345 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31349 \begin_layout Standard
31354 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31359 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31364 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31365 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31366 Pressing repeatedly
31370 keeps searching forward.
31371 Similarly, pressing
31375 searches for the entered text backwards.
31378 \begin_layout Standard
31379 While searching, the
31383 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31393 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31396 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31397 Searching for mathematics
31400 \begin_layout Standard
31401 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31405 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31406 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31409 or also something more complex like
31410 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31414 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31415 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31416 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31417 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31423 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31427 \begin_layout Standard
31428 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31429 This is done by switching to the
31433 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31438 This way, entering in the
31445 \begin_layout Itemize
31446 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31447 in emphasized or boldface.
31450 \begin_layout Itemize
31451 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31452 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31453 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31454 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31457 \begin_layout Itemize
31458 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31459 of if only within section headings.
31460 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31461 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31465 \begin_layout Itemize
31466 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31467 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31470 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31474 \begin_layout Standard
31475 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31479 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31487 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31491 button or alternatively
31513 \begin_layout Standard
31514 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31515 text segments in your document.
31516 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31520 \begin_layout Itemize
31521 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31522 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31530 with its typewriter version
31533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31543 \begin_layout Itemize
31544 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31550 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31562 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31569 (you may want to enable the
31577 options and disable the
31585 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31593 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31594 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31598 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31601 , or occurrences of
31602 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31606 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31612 \begin_layout Subsection
31616 \begin_layout Standard
31617 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31622 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31624 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31626 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31635 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31641 This is done via the menu
31643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31644 Insert Regular Expression
31646 while the cursor is in the
31651 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31652 expression matching rules
31656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31657 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31663 \begin_inset space ~
31666 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31667 to match expressions.
31672 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31673 same text in the document.
31674 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31675 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31678 \begin_layout Enumerate
31679 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31684 editor the fraction
31685 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31689 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31692 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31693 fractions with the given denominator.
31696 \begin_layout Enumerate
31697 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31709 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31714 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31715 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31717 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31720 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31721 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31724 \begin_layout Standard
31725 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31726 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31727 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31730 , and referring back to them through
31731 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31735 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31739 For example, try searching for the regexp
31740 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31743 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31746 \begin_layout Standard
31747 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31748 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31749 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31754 \begin_inset space ~
31758 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31761 always refers to the first occurrence of
31762 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31765 in all entered regexps.
31768 \begin_layout Standard
31769 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31773 \begin_layout Section
31775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31777 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31782 \begin_inset Index idx
31785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31794 \begin_layout Standard
31795 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31798 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31805 or the toolbar button
31808 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31811 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31812 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31813 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31814 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31815 scrolled so that it is visible.
31816 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31817 n, if any could be found.
31818 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31822 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31823 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31826 \begin_layout Standard
31827 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31830 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31834 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31835 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31836 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31837 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31838 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31839 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31842 \begin_layout Subsection
31846 \begin_layout Standard
31847 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31850 \begin_inset space ~
31853 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31856 you can set the following things:
31859 \begin_layout Description
31861 \begin_inset space ~
31864 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31865 Depending on your platform,
31879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31880 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31881 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31896 \begin_layout Description
31898 \begin_inset space ~
31901 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31902 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31905 \begin_layout Description
31907 \begin_inset space ~
31910 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31912 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31916 \begin_inset space \space{}
31920 This should normally not be needed.
31923 \begin_layout Description
31925 \begin_inset space ~
31929 \begin_inset space ~
31932 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31944 \begin_layout Description
31946 \begin_inset space ~
31949 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31950 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31951 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
31952 appear in the context menu.
31953 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31957 \begin_layout Description
31959 \begin_inset space ~
31963 \begin_inset space ~
31967 \begin_inset space ~
31970 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31974 \begin_layout Section
31976 \begin_inset Index idx
31979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31988 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31995 \begin_layout Standard
31996 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31997 It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
32006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32007 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32009 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32018 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32019 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32020 are available for many languages.
32023 \begin_layout Standard
32024 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32028 \begin_layout Subsection
32029 Setting up the thesaurus
32032 \begin_layout Standard
32040 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32045 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32050 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32056 en_EN for English).
32057 For instance, the English files are named:
32060 \begin_layout Itemize
32064 \begin_layout Itemize
32068 \begin_layout Standard
32069 If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
32070 files should be already on your system.
32071 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32072 \begin_inset Flex URL
32075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32077 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32083 \begin_inset Flex URL
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32088 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32098 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32099 \begin_inset space ~
32103 \begin_inset Flex URL
32106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32108 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32113 are usually packed in extension archives (
32117 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32119 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32120 unpack a zip archive.
32133 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32134 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32136 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32137 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32141 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32144 \begin_layout Subsection
32145 Using the thesaurus
32148 \begin_layout Standard
32149 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32151 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32154 or the toolbar button
32157 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32160 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32162 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32164 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32165 Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not
32166 only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as
32175 ), related terms (such as
32178 \begin_inset space ~
32187 ), compounds (such as
32190 \begin_inset space ~
32199 ) and opposites (antonyms) (such as
32208 Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
32211 \begin_layout Standard
32212 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32213 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32217 \begin_layout Standard
32218 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32219 the dictionary, such as the above
32223 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32228 \begin_inset space \space{}
32231 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32232 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32233 For example looking up the word form
32234 \change_deleted 2090807402 1338765333
32245 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32251 \change_inserted 2090807402 1338765282
32252 The thesuarus is able to resolve inflected forms (so if you enter
32256 , it will resolve it to the form
32260 which is in the dictionary).
32261 However, this may not always work.
32262 So if you do not get any results for inflected forms, try the lemma form.
32265 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32270 \begin_inset space \space{}
32281 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32282 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32283 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32286 \begin_layout Section
32288 \begin_inset Index idx
32291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32298 \begin_inset Index idx
32301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32302 Document ! Change Tracking
32308 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32310 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32317 \begin_layout Standard
32318 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32319 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32320 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32321 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32323 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32325 \begin_inset space ~
32328 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32330 \begin_inset space ~
32338 \begin_layout Standard
32339 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32353 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32354 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32357 \begin_inset space ~
32361 \begin_inset space ~
32371 \begin_inset Index idx
32374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32375 Color ! Change tracking
32380 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32381 the cursor is in changed text.
32382 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32385 arg "changes-merge"
32391 \begin_layout Standard
32392 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32393 \begin_inset Index idx
32396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 \begin_layout Standard
32406 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32412 \begin_layout Standard
32413 \begin_inset Graphics
32414 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32422 \begin_layout Standard
32423 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32429 \begin_layout Standard
32430 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32434 \begin_layout Standard
32435 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32441 \begin_layout Standard
32442 \begin_inset Tabular
32443 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32444 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32445 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32446 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32447 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32456 arg "changes-track"
32464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32470 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32472 \begin_inset space ~
32475 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32477 \begin_inset space ~
32486 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32495 arg "changes-output"
32503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32509 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32511 \begin_inset space ~
32514 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32516 \begin_inset space ~
32520 \begin_inset space ~
32524 \begin_inset space ~
32533 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32554 Jumps to the next change
32560 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32569 arg "change-accept"
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32583 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32585 \begin_inset space ~
32588 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32590 \begin_inset space ~
32599 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32608 arg "change-reject"
32616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32622 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32624 \begin_inset space ~
32627 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32629 \begin_inset space ~
32638 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32647 arg "changes-merge"
32655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32661 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32663 \begin_inset space ~
32666 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32668 \begin_inset space ~
32677 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32686 arg "all-changes-accept"
32694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32702 \begin_inset space ~
32705 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32707 \begin_inset space ~
32711 \begin_inset space ~
32720 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32729 arg "all-changes-reject"
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32743 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32745 \begin_inset space ~
32748 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32750 \begin_inset space ~
32754 \begin_inset space ~
32763 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32787 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32789 \begin_inset space ~
32798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32821 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32823 \begin_inset space ~
32839 \begin_layout Standard
32840 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32846 \begin_layout Standard
32847 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32848 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32849 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32850 the next change after the current cursor position.
32851 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32852 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32853 step to the next change.
32854 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32857 \begin_layout Standard
32858 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32859 to describe a change.
32862 \begin_layout Standard
32863 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32868 \begin_inset Index idx
32871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32878 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32879 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32885 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32888 \begin_layout Section
32889 Comparison of Documents
32890 \begin_inset Index idx
32893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32894 Comparison of documents
32902 \begin_layout Standard
32903 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32905 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32909 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32911 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32912 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32916 \begin_inset space ~
32920 \begin_inset space ~
32924 \begin_inset space ~
32933 \begin_inset space ~
32937 \begin_inset space ~
32941 \begin_inset space ~
32945 \begin_inset space ~
32949 \begin_inset space ~
32953 \begin_inset space ~
32958 enables the change tracking option
32961 \begin_inset space ~
32965 \begin_inset space ~
32969 \begin_inset space ~
32974 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32977 \begin_layout Section
32978 International Support
32979 \begin_inset Index idx
32982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32983 International support
32991 \begin_layout Standard
32992 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32993 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32994 how to set up LyX to use them:
32995 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32997 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33004 \begin_layout Standard
33005 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33006 \begin_inset space ~
33010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33012 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33019 \begin_layout Subsection
33021 \begin_inset Index idx
33024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33031 \begin_inset Index idx
33034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33035 Document ! Settings
33041 \begin_inset Index idx
33044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33045 Document ! Language
33053 \begin_layout Standard
33056 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33059 dialog lets you set
33061 the language and character encoding for your language.
33065 \begin_layout Standard
33066 Choose your language in the
33070 section of this dialog.
33078 \begin_layout Standard
33083 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33088 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33089 For details about the different encoding options see section
33090 \begin_inset space ~
33094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33096 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33103 \begin_layout Subsection
33104 Keyboard mapping configuration
33105 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33107 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33114 \begin_layout Standard
33115 If you have for example a U.
33116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33119 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33120 can use an alternate keymap.
33121 For example, if you have a U.
33122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33125 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33126 use an Italian keymap.
33127 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33129 \begin_inset space ~
33133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33135 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33140 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33141 which one you want to use.
33144 \begin_layout Standard
33145 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33146 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33147 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33148 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33149 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33150 one to support the characters you want.
33151 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33158 \begin_layout Subsection
33162 \begin_layout Standard
33164 \begin_inset space ~
33168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33170 reference "tab:The-latin1-character"
33179 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33183 \begin_layout Standard
33184 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33185 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33193 \begin_layout Itemize
33194 Even if you have selected
33200 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33203 dialog, users who have only the
33207 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33211 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33212 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33213 french quotes will not show up.
33216 \begin_layout Standard
33217 \begin_inset Float table
33222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33223 \begin_inset Caption
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33228 name "tab:The-latin1-character"
33244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33246 \begin_inset Tabular
33247 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33248 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33249 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33250 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33251 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33252 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33253 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33254 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33255 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33256 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33257 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33258 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33259 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33260 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33261 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33262 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33264 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33265 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37678 \begin_layout Standard
37679 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37681 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37682 also the characters from
37694 \begin_layout Itemize
37703 \begin_layout Standard
37704 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37705 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37711 \begin_layout Standard
37712 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37713 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37719 \begin_layout Standard
37720 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37721 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37727 \begin_layout Standard
37728 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37729 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37735 \begin_layout Standard
37737 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37743 \begin_layout Standard
37745 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37751 \begin_layout Standard
37753 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37760 \begin_layout Itemize
37773 \begin_layout Standard
37775 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37781 \begin_layout Standard
37783 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37789 \begin_layout Standard
37791 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37797 \begin_layout Standard
37799 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37805 \begin_layout Standard
37807 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37813 \begin_layout Standard
37815 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37822 \begin_layout Standard
37823 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37824 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37825 Also make sure you're using the
37832 \begin_layout Chapter
37835 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37837 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37844 \begin_layout Standard
37845 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37846 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37847 topic inside the user's guide.
37850 \begin_layout Section
37852 \begin_inset Index idx
37855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37864 \begin_layout Standard
37869 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37872 \begin_layout Subsection
37876 \begin_layout Standard
37877 Creates a new document.
37880 \begin_layout Subsection
37884 \begin_layout Standard
37885 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37886 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37887 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37890 \begin_layout Subsection
37894 \begin_layout Standard
37898 \begin_layout Subsection
37902 \begin_layout Standard
37903 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37904 Click there on a file to open it.
37907 \begin_layout Subsection
37911 \begin_layout Standard
37912 Closes the current document.
37915 \begin_layout Subsection
37919 \begin_layout Standard
37920 Closes all opened documents.
37923 \begin_layout Subsection
37927 \begin_layout Standard
37928 Saves the actual document.
37931 \begin_layout Subsection
37935 \begin_layout Standard
37936 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37939 \begin_layout Subsection
37943 \begin_layout Standard
37944 Saves all opened documents.
37947 \begin_layout Subsection
37951 \begin_layout Standard
37952 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37955 \begin_layout Subsection
37959 \begin_layout Standard
37960 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
37961 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
37962 It is described in the section
37964 Version Control in LyX
37968 Additional Features
37973 \begin_layout Subsection
37977 \begin_layout Standard
37978 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37979 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37981 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
37984 \begin_layout Standard
37985 When using the menu entry
37988 \begin_inset space ~
37993 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37997 \begin_inset space ~
38001 \begin_inset space ~
38006 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38007 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38010 \begin_layout Subsection
38012 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38021 \begin_layout Standard
38022 You can export your document to various file formats.
38023 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38024 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38025 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
38028 \begin_layout Standard
38029 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38031 \begin_inset space ~
38035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38037 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38044 \begin_layout Description
38050 \begin_inset space ~
38057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38064 yX format of the special LyX
38065 \begin_inset space ~
38068 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38069 \begin_inset Newline newline
38072 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38075 \begin_layout Description
38076 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38082 \begin_layout Description
38084 \begin_inset space ~
38087 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38093 \begin_layout Description
38094 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38095 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38096 files paths or file names in your document.
38097 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38104 \begin_layout Description
38105 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38106 in files paths or file names
38109 \begin_layout Description
38111 \begin_inset space ~
38118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38125 eX) DVI-format using the program
38129 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38132 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38140 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38148 \begin_layout Description
38150 \begin_inset space ~
38153 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38157 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38162 \begin_layout Description
38163 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38167 \begin_layout Description
38169 \begin_inset space ~
38173 \begin_inset space ~
38176 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38180 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38188 \begin_layout Description
38195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38203 \begin_inset space ~
38214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38227 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38232 \begin_layout Description
38239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38247 \begin_inset space ~
38252 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38253 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38257 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38260 \begin_layout Description
38267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38275 \begin_inset space ~
38280 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38281 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38289 \begin_layout Description
38296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38304 \begin_inset space ~
38315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38328 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38333 \begin_layout Description
38335 \begin_inset space ~
38339 \begin_inset space ~
38348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38357 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38358 music notation software
38363 \begin_layout Description
38370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38380 \begin_inset space ~
38384 \begin_inset space ~
38387 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38388 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38389 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38392 \begin_layout Description
38399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38409 \begin_inset space ~
38412 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38428 represent the version number)
38431 \begin_layout Description
38438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38447 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38450 \begin_layout Description
38451 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38456 \begin_layout Description
38457 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38459 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38462 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38466 \begin_layout Description
38470 \begin_inset space ~
38475 PDF-format using the program
38479 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38482 \begin_layout Description
38486 \begin_inset space ~
38493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38502 PDF-format using the program
38506 , produces PDF-files directly
38509 \begin_layout Description
38513 \begin_inset space ~
38518 PDF-format using the program
38522 , produces PDF-files directly
38525 \begin_layout Description
38529 \begin_inset space ~
38534 PDF-format using the program
38538 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38541 \begin_layout Description
38545 \begin_inset space ~
38552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38561 PDF-format using the program
38565 , produces PDF-files directly
38568 \begin_layout Description
38572 \begin_inset space ~
38580 \begin_layout Description
38584 \begin_inset space ~
38588 \begin_inset space ~
38593 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38594 and then exported as text using the program
38599 \begin_layout Description
38604 PostScript format using the program
38609 \begin_layout Description
38610 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38611 programming language
38624 it is possible to use
38631 \begin_layout Standard
38632 If one of the menu entries
38639 \begin_inset space ~
38648 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38649 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38650 \begin_inset space ~
38654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38656 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38661 \begin_inset Index idx
38664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38665 Reconfiguration of LyX
38673 \begin_layout Subsection
38677 \begin_layout Standard
38678 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38679 format or send it to a printer.
38680 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38681 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38687 For more information have a look at section
38688 \begin_inset space ~
38692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38694 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38701 \begin_layout Subsection
38705 \begin_layout Standard
38706 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38707 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38708 prefix, see section
38709 \begin_inset space ~
38713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38715 reference "sec:Paths"
38720 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38729 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38730 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38731 \begin_inset space ~
38735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38737 reference "sub:Converters"
38744 \begin_layout Subsection
38745 New and Close Window
38748 \begin_layout Standard
38749 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38752 \begin_layout Subsection
38756 \begin_layout Standard
38757 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38760 \begin_layout Section
38762 \begin_inset Index idx
38765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38774 \begin_layout Subsection
38778 \begin_layout Standard
38779 Described in section
38780 \begin_inset space ~
38784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38786 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38793 \begin_layout Subsection
38794 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38797 \begin_layout Standard
38798 Described in section
38799 \begin_inset space ~
38803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38805 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38812 \begin_layout Subsection
38816 \begin_layout Standard
38817 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38818 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38821 \begin_layout Subsection
38825 \begin_layout Standard
38826 Selects the whole document.
38829 \begin_layout Subsection
38830 Find & Replace (Quick)
38833 \begin_layout Standard
38834 Described in section
38835 \begin_inset space ~
38839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38841 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38848 \begin_layout Subsection
38849 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38852 \begin_layout Standard
38853 Described in section
38854 \begin_inset space ~
38858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38860 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38867 \begin_layout Subsection
38868 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38871 \begin_layout Standard
38872 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38876 \begin_layout Subsection
38880 \begin_layout Standard
38881 Described in section
38882 \begin_inset space ~
38886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38888 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38895 \begin_layout Subsection
38897 \begin_inset Index idx
38900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38901 Paragraph ! Settings
38909 \begin_layout Standard
38910 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38911 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38915 \begin_layout Standard
38916 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38917 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38919 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38925 \begin_inset space ~
38933 \begin_layout Subsection
38934 Table Settings and Math
38937 \begin_layout Standard
38938 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38940 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38941 The properties of tables are described in section
38942 \begin_inset space ~
38946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38948 reference "sec:Tables"
38952 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38953 \begin_inset space ~
38957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38959 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
38966 \begin_layout Subsection
38967 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38970 \begin_layout Standard
38971 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38973 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38974 \begin_inset space ~
38978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38980 reference "sec:Nesting"
38985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38987 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38994 \begin_layout Section
38996 \begin_inset Index idx
38999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39008 \begin_layout Standard
39009 At the bottom of the
39013 menu the opened documents are listed.
39016 \begin_layout Subsection
39017 Open/Close all Insets
39020 \begin_layout Standard
39021 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
39024 \begin_layout Subsection
39025 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
39028 \begin_layout Standard
39029 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
39032 \begin_layout Standard
39033 Math macros are described in the
39040 \begin_layout Subsection
39044 \begin_layout Standard
39045 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39047 \begin_inset space ~
39051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39053 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39060 \begin_layout Subsection
39064 \begin_layout Standard
39065 Opens a window showing console messages.
39066 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39067 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39070 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39071 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39074 \begin_layout Subsection
39078 \begin_layout Standard
39079 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39080 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39087 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39091 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39098 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39102 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39103 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39104 \begin_inset space ~
39108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39110 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39115 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39116 The default output format is
39119 \begin_inset space ~
39127 \begin_layout Subsection
39128 View (Other Formats)
39131 \begin_layout Standard
39132 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39133 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39134 actual document with an external program.
39135 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39136 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39137 All possible formats are listed in section
39138 \begin_inset space ~
39142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39144 reference "sub:Export"
39149 You should at least see the menu entry
39154 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39155 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39156 \begin_inset space ~
39160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39162 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39167 \begin_inset Index idx
39170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39171 Reconfiguration of LyX
39179 \begin_layout Standard
39180 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39181 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39182 \begin_inset space ~
39186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39188 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39193 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39196 \begin_layout Subsection
39200 \begin_layout Standard
39201 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39202 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39205 \begin_layout Subsection
39206 Update (Other Formats)
39209 \begin_layout Standard
39210 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39211 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39214 \begin_layout Subsection
39215 View Master Document
39218 \begin_layout Standard
39219 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39235 \begin_inset space ~
39240 manual for more information on this topic).
39241 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39242 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39247 generates the output of the whole book, while
39251 will just output the chapter alone.
39254 \begin_layout Standard
39255 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39256 in the preferences (see sec.
39257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39263 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39267 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39274 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39281 \begin_layout Subsection
39282 Update Master Document
39285 \begin_layout Standard
39286 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39302 \begin_inset space ~
39307 manual for more information on this topic).
39308 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39309 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39312 \begin_layout Standard
39313 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39314 in the preferences (see sec.
39315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39321 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39325 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39332 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39339 \begin_layout Subsection
39343 \begin_layout Standard
39344 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39345 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39346 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39347 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39348 or more documents at the same time.
39349 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39356 \begin_layout Subsection
39360 \begin_layout Standard
39361 Closes a split view.
39364 \begin_layout Subsection
39368 \begin_layout Standard
39369 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39370 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39371 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39372 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39373 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39376 \begin_layout Subsection
39378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39380 name "sub:Toolbars"
39385 \begin_inset Index idx
39388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39397 \begin_layout Standard
39398 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39399 All toolbars and the
39402 \begin_inset space ~
39407 can be turned on and off.
39412 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39424 \begin_inset space ~
39432 \begin_inset space ~
39441 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39445 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39452 \begin_layout Standard
39457 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39461 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39462 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39463 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39464 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39465 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39468 \begin_layout Standard
39469 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39470 \begin_inset space ~
39474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39476 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39483 \begin_layout Section
39485 \begin_inset Index idx
39488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39497 \begin_layout Subsection
39501 \begin_layout Standard
39502 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39503 \begin_inset space ~
39507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39509 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
39520 \begin_layout Subsection
39522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39524 name "sub:Special-Character"
39531 \begin_layout Standard
39532 Here you can insert the following characters:
39535 \begin_layout Description
39536 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39537 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39538 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39539 \begin_inset Newline newline
39543 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39551 Not all characters will be visible in the
39555 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39563 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39567 ) can display every character.
39575 \begin_layout Description
39576 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39580 \begin_layout Description
39582 \begin_inset space ~
39586 \begin_inset space ~
39589 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39590 \begin_inset space ~
39594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39596 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39603 \begin_layout Description
39605 \begin_inset space ~
39608 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39611 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39621 \begin_layout Description
39623 \begin_inset space ~
39626 Quote Inserts this quote:
39627 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39633 \begin_layout Description
39635 \begin_inset space ~
39638 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39642 \begin_layout Description
39644 \begin_inset space ~
39647 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39651 \begin_layout Description
39653 \begin_inset space ~
39656 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39660 \begin_layout Description
39662 \begin_inset space ~
39666 \begin_inset Index idx
39669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39676 \begin_inset Index idx
39679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39680 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39685 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39686 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39687 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39692 \begin_inset Index idx
39695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39696 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39702 \begin_inset Newline newline
39705 For more information about this feature we refer you to the documentation
39709 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39717 and this Wiki-page:
39718 \begin_inset Newline newline
39722 \begin_inset Flex URL
39725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39727 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39735 \begin_layout Subsection
39739 \begin_layout Standard
39740 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39743 \begin_layout Description
39744 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39745 \begin_inset script superscript
39747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39756 \begin_layout Description
39757 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39758 \begin_inset script subscript
39760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39769 \begin_layout Description
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39774 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39775 \begin_inset space ~
39779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39781 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39788 \begin_layout Description
39790 \begin_inset space ~
39793 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39794 \begin_inset space ~
39798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39800 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39807 \begin_layout Description
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39812 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39813 \begin_inset space ~
39817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39819 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39826 \begin_layout Description
39828 \begin_inset space ~
39831 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39832 \begin_inset space ~
39836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39838 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39845 \begin_layout Description
39847 \begin_inset space ~
39850 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39857 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39864 \begin_layout Description
39866 \begin_inset space ~
39869 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39870 \begin_inset space ~
39874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39876 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39883 \begin_layout Description
39884 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39885 \begin_inset space ~
39889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39891 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39898 \begin_layout Description
39900 \begin_inset space ~
39903 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39904 \begin_inset space ~
39908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39910 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39917 \begin_layout Description
39919 \begin_inset space ~
39922 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39923 \begin_inset space ~
39927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39929 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39936 \begin_layout Description
39938 \begin_inset space ~
39942 \begin_inset space ~
39945 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39946 \begin_inset space ~
39950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39952 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39959 \begin_layout Description
39961 \begin_inset space ~
39964 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39965 text line to the page border, see section
39966 \begin_inset space ~
39970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39972 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39979 \begin_layout Description
39981 \begin_inset space ~
39984 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39985 \begin_inset space ~
39989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39991 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39998 \begin_layout Description
40000 \begin_inset space ~
40003 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
40004 text page to the page border, described in section
40005 \begin_inset space ~
40009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40011 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40018 \begin_layout Description
40020 \begin_inset space ~
40023 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
40024 \begin_inset space ~
40028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40030 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40037 \begin_layout Description
40039 \begin_inset space ~
40043 \begin_inset space ~
40046 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
40047 \begin_inset space ~
40051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40053 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40060 \begin_layout Subsection
40064 \begin_layout Standard
40065 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40066 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40068 \begin_inset space ~
40072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40074 reference "sec:toc"
40079 The index list is described in section
40080 \begin_inset space ~
40084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40086 reference "sec:Index"
40090 , the nomenclature in section
40091 \begin_inset space ~
40095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40097 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40101 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40102 \begin_inset space ~
40106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40108 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40115 \begin_layout Subsection
40119 \begin_layout Standard
40120 To insert floats, described in section
40121 \begin_inset space ~
40125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40127 reference "sec:Floats"
40134 \begin_layout Subsection
40138 \begin_layout Standard
40139 To insert notes, described in section
40140 \begin_inset space ~
40144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40146 reference "sec:Notes"
40153 \begin_layout Subsection
40157 \begin_layout Standard
40158 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40159 \begin_inset space ~
40163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40165 reference "sec:Branches"
40172 \begin_layout Subsection
40176 \begin_layout Standard
40177 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40178 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40180 An example is the document class
40181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40188 with three custom insets.
40191 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40197 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40200 \begin_layout Subsection
40202 \begin_inset Index idx
40205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40214 \begin_layout Standard
40215 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40217 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40224 \begin_inset space ~
40232 \begin_layout Subsection
40234 \begin_inset Index idx
40237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40246 \begin_layout Standard
40247 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40248 \begin_inset space ~
40252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40254 reference "sec:Minipages"
40259 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40266 \begin_inset space ~
40274 \begin_layout Subsection
40278 \begin_layout Standard
40279 Inserts a citation as described in section
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40286 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40293 \begin_layout Subsection
40297 \begin_layout Standard
40298 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40299 \begin_inset space ~
40303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40305 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40312 \begin_layout Subsection
40316 \begin_layout Standard
40317 Inserts a label as described in section
40318 \begin_inset space ~
40322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40324 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40331 \begin_layout Subsection
40333 \begin_inset Index idx
40336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40343 \begin_inset Index idx
40346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40347 Longtables ! Caption
40355 \begin_layout Standard
40356 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40357 Floats are described in section
40358 \begin_inset space ~
40362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40364 reference "sec:Floats"
40368 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40375 \begin_inset space ~
40383 \begin_layout Subsection
40387 \begin_layout Standard
40388 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40389 \begin_inset space ~
40393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40395 reference "sec:Index"
40402 \begin_layout Subsection
40406 \begin_layout Standard
40407 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40408 \begin_inset space ~
40412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40414 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40421 \begin_layout Subsection
40425 \begin_layout Standard
40427 Tables are described in section
40428 \begin_inset space ~
40432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40434 reference "sec:Tables"
40441 \begin_layout Subsection
40445 \begin_layout Standard
40447 Graphics are described in section
40448 \begin_inset space ~
40452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40454 reference "sec:Graphics"
40461 \begin_layout Subsection
40465 \begin_layout Standard
40466 Inserts a URL as described in section
40467 \begin_inset space ~
40471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40473 reference "sub:URLs"
40480 \begin_layout Subsection
40484 \begin_layout Standard
40485 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40486 \begin_inset space ~
40490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40492 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40499 \begin_layout Subsection
40503 \begin_layout Standard
40504 Inserts a footnote, see section
40505 \begin_inset space ~
40509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40511 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40518 \begin_layout Subsection
40522 \begin_layout Standard
40523 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40524 \begin_inset space ~
40528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40530 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40537 \begin_layout Subsection
40541 \begin_layout Standard
40542 Inserts a short title, see section
40543 \begin_inset space ~
40547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40549 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40556 \begin_layout Subsection
40560 \begin_layout Standard
40561 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40562 \begin_inset space ~
40566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40568 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40575 \begin_layout Subsection
40577 \begin_inset Index idx
40580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40589 \begin_layout Standard
40590 Inserts a program listings box.
40591 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40593 Program Code Listings
40598 \begin_inset space ~
40606 \begin_layout Subsection
40610 \begin_layout Standard
40611 Inserts the actual date.
40612 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40614 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40622 \begin_inset space ~
40630 \begin_layout Subsection
40634 \begin_layout Standard
40635 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40636 \begin_inset space ~
40640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40642 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40649 \begin_layout Section
40651 \begin_inset Index idx
40654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40663 \begin_layout Standard
40664 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40665 \begin_inset space ~
40668 of the current document.
40669 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40672 \begin_layout Subsection
40676 \begin_layout Standard
40677 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40678 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40684 \begin_inset space \space{}
40688 \begin_inset space ~
40692 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40693 \begin_inset space ~
40696 2.5 and use the submenu
40699 \begin_inset space ~
40703 \begin_inset space ~
40710 \begin_inset space ~
40716 \begin_inset space ~
40720 \begin_inset space ~
40726 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40730 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40736 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40742 \begin_layout Standard
40743 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40744 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40747 \begin_layout Subsection
40748 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40751 \begin_layout Standard
40752 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40756 \begin_layout Subsection
40760 \begin_layout Standard
40761 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40762 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40763 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40767 \begin_inset space ~
40771 \begin_inset space ~
40779 \begin_layout Subsection
40783 \begin_layout Standard
40784 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40785 in the output, see section
40788 \begin_inset space ~
40796 \begin_inset space ~
40801 manual for a detailed description.
40804 \begin_layout Section
40806 \begin_inset Index idx
40809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40818 \begin_layout Subsection
40822 \begin_layout Standard
40823 Change Tracking is described in section
40824 \begin_inset space ~
40828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40830 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40837 \begin_layout Subsection
40842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40852 \begin_layout Standard
40853 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40855 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40858 \begin_layout Standard
40859 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40864 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40867 \begin_layout Subsection
40871 \begin_layout Standard
40872 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40873 \begin_inset space ~
40877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40879 reference "sec:Navigating"
40884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40886 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40893 \begin_layout Subsection
40894 Start Appendix Here
40897 \begin_layout Standard
40898 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40899 position as described in section
40900 \begin_inset space ~
40904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40906 reference "sec:Appendices"
40913 \begin_layout Subsection
40917 \begin_layout Standard
40918 Un/compresses the current document.
40921 \begin_layout Subsection
40925 \begin_layout Standard
40926 The document settings are described in appendix
40927 \begin_inset space ~
40931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40933 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40940 \begin_layout Section
40942 \begin_inset Index idx
40945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40954 \begin_layout Subsection
40958 \begin_layout Standard
40959 Spell checking is explained in section
40960 \begin_inset space ~
40964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40966 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40973 \begin_layout Subsection
40977 \begin_layout Standard
40978 The thesaurus is described in section
40979 \begin_inset space ~
40983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40985 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40992 \begin_layout Subsection
40994 \begin_inset Index idx
40997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41004 \begin_inset Index idx
41007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41016 \begin_layout Standard
41017 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
41021 \begin_layout Subsection
41023 \begin_inset Index idx
41026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41035 \begin_layout Standard
41036 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
41040 \begin_layout Subsection
41042 \begin_inset Index idx
41045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41046 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41057 Reconfiguration of LyX
41061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41074 \begin_inset Index idx
41077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41078 Reconfiguration of LyX
41086 \begin_layout Standard
41087 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41088 and programs it needs; see also section
41089 \begin_inset space ~
41093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41095 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41102 \begin_layout Subsection
41106 \begin_layout Standard
41107 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41108 \begin_inset space ~
41112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41114 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41121 \begin_layout Section
41123 \begin_inset Index idx
41126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41135 \begin_layout Standard
41136 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41138 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41142 \begin_layout Standard
41146 \begin_inset space ~
41151 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41152 found by LyX (see also section
41153 \begin_inset space ~
41157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41159 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41166 \begin_layout Section
41168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41170 name "sec:Toolbars"
41177 \begin_layout Standard
41178 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41179 \begin_inset space ~
41183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41185 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41192 \begin_layout Standard
41193 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41194 This is described in the
41196 Additional Features
41201 \begin_layout Subsection
41203 \begin_inset Index idx
41206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41215 \begin_layout Standard
41216 \begin_inset Graphics
41217 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41225 \begin_layout Standard
41226 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41232 \begin_layout Standard
41233 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41250 \begin_inset Note Note
41253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41254 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41259 manual for more information.
41267 \begin_layout Standard
41268 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41274 \begin_layout Standard
41275 \begin_inset Tabular
41276 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41277 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41285 \begin_inset Graphics
41286 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41300 pull-down box for the environments
41313 \begin_layout Standard
41314 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41320 \begin_layout Standard
41322 \begin_inset Tabular
41323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41324 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41325 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41326 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41350 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41357 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41380 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41410 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41417 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41426 arg "dialog-show print"
41434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41440 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41447 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41456 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41470 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41477 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41500 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41507 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41530 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41537 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41560 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41567 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41590 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41597 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41620 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41636 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41650 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41665 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41674 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41688 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41689 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41696 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41717 Emphasize text, function of the
41719 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41721 \begin_inset space ~
41732 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41753 Set text to noun style, function of the
41755 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41757 \begin_inset space ~
41768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41777 arg "textstyle-apply"
41785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41789 Formats text using the current settings in the
41791 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41793 \begin_inset space ~
41804 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41828 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41830 \begin_inset space ~
41839 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41848 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41869 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41876 arg "tabular-insert"
41884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41890 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41897 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41906 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41918 Toggle outline window on/off,
41920 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41927 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41936 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41948 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41954 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41963 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41975 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41988 \begin_layout Subsection
41990 \begin_inset Index idx
41993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42002 \begin_layout Standard
42003 \begin_inset Graphics
42004 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
42012 \begin_layout Standard
42013 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42019 \begin_layout Standard
42020 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
42024 \begin_layout Standard
42025 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42031 \begin_layout Standard
42032 \begin_inset Tabular
42033 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
42034 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42035 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42036 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42037 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42064 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42073 arg "layout Enumerate"
42081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42091 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42100 arg "layout Itemize"
42108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42118 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42145 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42154 arg "layout Description"
42162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42172 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42181 arg "depth-increment"
42189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42195 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42197 \begin_inset space ~
42201 \begin_inset space ~
42210 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42219 arg "depth-decrement"
42227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42233 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42235 \begin_inset space ~
42239 \begin_inset space ~
42248 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42257 arg "float-insert figure"
42265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42271 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42272 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42279 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42288 arg "float-insert table"
42296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42302 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42303 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42310 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42333 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42340 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42349 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42370 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42379 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42400 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42425 \begin_inset space ~
42434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42443 arg "nomencl-insert"
42451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42457 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42459 \begin_inset space ~
42468 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42477 arg "footnote-insert"
42485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42491 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42498 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42507 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42523 \begin_inset space ~
42532 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42555 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42556 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42558 \begin_inset space ~
42567 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42576 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42597 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42650 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42667 \begin_inset space ~
42676 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42685 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42700 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42716 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42731 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42733 \begin_inset space ~
42742 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42751 arg "dialog-show character"
42759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42765 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42767 \begin_inset space ~
42776 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42785 arg "layout-paragraph"
42793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42799 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42801 \begin_inset space ~
42810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42819 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42833 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42847 \begin_layout Subsection
42848 View / Update Toolbar
42849 \begin_inset Index idx
42852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42853 Toolbar ! View / Update
42861 \begin_layout Standard
42862 \begin_inset Graphics
42863 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42870 \begin_layout Standard
42871 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42877 \begin_layout Standard
42878 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42882 \begin_layout Standard
42883 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42889 \begin_layout Standard
42890 \begin_inset Tabular
42891 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42892 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42893 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42894 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42918 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42925 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42934 arg "buffer-update"
42942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42948 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42955 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42964 arg "master-buffer-view"
42972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42978 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42985 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42994 arg "master-buffer-update"
43002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43008 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43010 \begin_inset space ~
43019 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43028 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
43036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43043 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43044 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43045 Synchronize with Output
43051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43056 \begin_inset Graphics
43057 filename ../images/view-others.png
43059 groupId toolbarbuttons
43070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43076 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43077 View (Other Formats)
43083 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43088 \begin_inset Graphics
43089 filename ../images/update-others.png
43091 groupId toolbarbuttons
43100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43106 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43107 Update (Other Formats)
43120 \begin_layout Standard
43121 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43125 \begin_layout Subsection
43129 \begin_layout Standard
43130 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43131 \begin_inset space ~
43135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43137 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43141 , the table toolbar
43142 \begin_inset Index idx
43145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43154 \begin_inset space ~
43159 manual, the math macro toolbar
43160 \begin_inset Index idx
43163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43176 \begin_layout Chapter
43177 The Document Settings
43178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43180 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43185 \begin_inset Index idx
43188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43189 Document ! Settings
43197 \begin_layout Standard
43198 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43199 whole document and is called with the menu
43201 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43205 You can save your document settings as default with the
43207 Save as Document Defaults
43209 button in the dialog.
43210 This will create a template named
43214 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43218 \begin_layout Standard
43223 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43224 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43227 \begin_layout Standard
43228 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43231 \begin_layout Section
43235 \begin_layout Standard
43236 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43238 Document classes are described in section
43239 \begin_inset space ~
43243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43245 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43253 \begin_layout Standard
43257 \begin_inset space ~
43262 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43266 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43267 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43269 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43278 \begin_layout Standard
43279 Some classes use special class options by default.
43280 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43284 and you can decide to use them or not.
43285 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43286 recommended to leave them untouched.
43291 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43296 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43297 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43303 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43304 \begin_inset Newline newline
43309 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43312 \begin_inset Newline newline
43315 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43321 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43323 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43335 \begin_layout Standard
43336 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43338 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43339 document is opened without its master.
43340 This way child documents are always compilable.
43341 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43348 \begin_inset space ~
43356 \begin_layout Standard
43357 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43367 \begin_inset Index idx
43370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43371 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43377 \begin_inset Index idx
43380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43381 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43386 for cross-references, see sec.
43387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43393 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43400 \begin_layout Section
43404 \begin_layout Standard
43405 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43406 Please refer to the section
43409 \begin_inset space ~
43417 \begin_inset space ~
43422 manual for details.
43425 \begin_layout Section
43429 \begin_layout Standard
43430 Modules are explained in section
43431 \begin_inset space ~
43435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43437 reference "sub:Modules"
43444 \begin_layout Section
43448 \begin_layout Standard
43450 \begin_inset space ~
43454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43456 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43463 \begin_layout Section
43467 \begin_layout Standard
43468 The document font settings are described in section
43469 \begin_inset space ~
43473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43475 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43482 \begin_layout Section
43486 \begin_layout Standard
43487 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43489 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43492 \begin_layout Standard
43493 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43494 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43496 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43499 \begin_layout Section
43503 \begin_layout Standard
43504 A description of this menu is given in section
43505 \begin_inset space ~
43509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43511 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43518 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43525 \begin_layout Section
43529 \begin_layout Standard
43530 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43531 \begin_inset space ~
43535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43537 reference "sub:Margins"
43544 \begin_layout Section
43546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43548 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43553 \begin_inset Index idx
43556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43557 Language ! Encoding
43565 \begin_layout Standard
43566 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43567 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43568 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43569 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43570 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43571 known for a particular character).
43575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43576 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43581 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43586 manual for details.
43594 \begin_layout Standard
43595 If you use the option
43599 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43600 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43601 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43602 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43603 exactly one encoding.
43604 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43607 \begin_layout Standard
43608 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43609 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43610 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43611 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43612 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43613 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43618 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43619 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43620 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43621 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43622 engines to standard LaTeX.
43623 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43624 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43627 \begin_inset space ~
43634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43646 \begin_inset space ~
43653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43665 \begin_inset space ~
43671 \begin_inset space ~
43675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43677 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43682 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43686 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43689 \begin_layout Standard
43693 \begin_inset space ~
43698 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43708 The possible settings are:
43711 \begin_layout Description
43712 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43714 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43715 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43719 \begin_inset space ~
43723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43725 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43732 \begin_layout Description
43733 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43734 format you will use.
43735 In many cases this will be
43740 \begin_inset Index idx
43743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43744 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43750 If the newer package
43755 \begin_inset Index idx
43758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43759 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43764 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43765 this package will be used instead of
43772 \begin_layout Description
43774 \begin_inset space ~
43785 would be more appropriate.
43788 \begin_layout Description
43789 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43790 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43794 (for German texts), type in
43797 \begin_inset Newline newline
43802 usepackage{ngerman}
43805 \begin_layout Description
43806 None will not use a language package.
43807 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43810 \begin_layout Standard
43811 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43814 \begin_layout Description
43816 \begin_inset space ~
43820 \begin_inset space ~
43824 \begin_inset space ~
43831 , but the LaTeX-package
43836 \begin_inset Index idx
43839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43840 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43846 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43847 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43848 languages in TeX code.
43851 \begin_layout Description
43852 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43853 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43854 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43857 \begin_layout Description
43859 \begin_inset space ~
43863 \begin_inset space ~
43866 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43869 \begin_layout Description
43871 \begin_inset space ~
43875 \begin_inset space ~
43878 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43881 \begin_layout Description
43883 \begin_inset space ~
43886 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43889 \begin_layout Description
43891 \begin_inset space ~
43895 \begin_inset space ~
43898 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43899 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43902 \begin_layout Description
43904 \begin_inset space ~
43908 \begin_inset space ~
43911 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43915 \begin_layout Description
43917 \begin_inset space ~
43921 \begin_inset space ~
43924 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43925 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43928 \begin_layout Description
43930 \begin_inset space ~
43934 \begin_inset space ~
43938 \begin_inset space ~
43941 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43942 \begin_inset space ~
43948 \begin_layout Description
43950 \begin_inset space ~
43954 \begin_inset space ~
43958 \begin_inset space ~
43961 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43962 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43965 \begin_layout Description
43967 \begin_inset space ~
43971 \begin_inset space ~
43974 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43975 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43976 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43977 \begin_inset space ~
43981 \begin_inset space ~
43987 \begin_layout Description
43989 \begin_inset space ~
43993 \begin_inset space ~
43996 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43997 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43998 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43999 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
44000 \begin_inset space ~
44004 \begin_inset space ~
44010 \begin_layout Description
44012 \begin_inset space ~
44016 \begin_inset space ~
44019 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
44022 \begin_layout Description
44024 \begin_inset space ~
44028 \begin_inset space ~
44031 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
44034 \begin_layout Description
44036 \begin_inset space ~
44040 \begin_inset space ~
44043 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44046 \begin_layout Description
44048 \begin_inset space ~
44051 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44054 \begin_layout Description
44056 \begin_inset space ~
44059 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44062 \begin_layout Description
44064 \begin_inset space ~
44068 \begin_inset space ~
44071 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44074 \begin_layout Description
44076 \begin_inset space ~
44080 \begin_inset space ~
44086 \begin_layout Description
44088 \begin_inset space ~
44092 \begin_inset space ~
44095 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44098 \begin_layout Description
44100 \begin_inset space ~
44104 \begin_inset space ~
44110 \begin_layout Description
44112 \begin_inset space ~
44116 \begin_inset space ~
44119 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44124 \begin_inset Index idx
44127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44128 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44133 , when using this, set the document language to
44138 \begin_layout Description
44140 \begin_inset space ~
44144 \begin_inset space ~
44147 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44151 , when using this, set the document language to
44154 \begin_inset space ~
44160 \begin_layout Description
44162 \begin_inset space ~
44166 \begin_inset space ~
44169 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44174 \begin_inset Index idx
44177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44178 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44183 , when using this, set the document language to
44188 \begin_layout Description
44190 \begin_inset space ~
44194 \begin_inset space ~
44197 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44201 , when using this, set the document language to
44206 \begin_layout Description
44208 \begin_inset space ~
44212 \begin_inset space ~
44215 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44219 , when using this, set the document language to
44224 \begin_layout Description
44226 \begin_inset space ~
44229 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44232 \begin_layout Description
44234 \begin_inset space ~
44238 \begin_inset space ~
44242 \begin_inset space ~
44245 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44248 \begin_layout Description
44250 \begin_inset space ~
44254 \begin_inset space ~
44258 \begin_inset space ~
44261 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44262 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44263 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44266 \begin_layout Description
44268 \begin_inset space ~
44272 \begin_inset space ~
44278 \begin_layout Description
44280 \begin_inset space ~
44284 \begin_inset space ~
44287 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44288 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44291 \begin_layout Description
44293 \begin_inset space ~
44297 \begin_inset space ~
44300 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44305 \begin_inset Index idx
44308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44309 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44314 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44317 \begin_layout Description
44319 \begin_inset space ~
44323 \begin_inset space ~
44326 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44334 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44339 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44341 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44344 \begin_layout Description
44346 \begin_inset space ~
44350 \begin_inset space ~
44353 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44358 \begin_inset Index idx
44361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44362 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44367 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44370 \begin_layout Description
44372 \begin_inset space ~
44375 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44380 \begin_inset Index idx
44383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44384 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44390 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44394 \begin_layout Description
44396 \begin_inset space ~
44400 \begin_inset space ~
44404 \begin_inset space ~
44407 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44408 \begin_inset space ~
44414 \begin_layout Description
44416 \begin_inset space ~
44420 \begin_inset space ~
44424 \begin_inset space ~
44427 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44428 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44429 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44433 \begin_layout Description
44435 \begin_inset space ~
44439 \begin_inset space ~
44443 \begin_inset space ~
44446 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44447 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44450 \begin_layout Standard
44451 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44460 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44464 for more information on the language package.
44467 \begin_layout Section
44469 \begin_inset Index idx
44472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44479 \begin_inset Index idx
44482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44491 \begin_layout Standard
44492 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44494 \begin_inset space ~
44497 out notes (default: light grey).
44502 sets the color back to the default.
44505 \begin_layout Standard
44506 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44508 \begin_inset space ~
44511 boxes (default: red).
44514 \begin_layout Standard
44515 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44519 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44521 \begin_inset space ~
44524 out note appears blue in the output.)
44532 \begin_layout Standard
44533 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44536 \begin_inset space ~
44541 in the document settings under
44544 \begin_inset space ~
44549 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44552 \begin_inset space ~
44560 \begin_inset space ~
44566 For example the option
44569 \begin_layout Standard
44575 \begin_layout Standard
44576 sets the link text color to black.
44577 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44582 \begin_inset Index idx
44585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44586 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44592 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44601 \begin_layout Standard
44602 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44608 \begin_layout Standard
44609 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44610 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44611 \begin_inset space ~
44614 Code behind a forced page break:
44617 \begin_layout Itemize
44618 For the page color:
44619 \begin_inset Newline newline
44626 pagecolor{color name}
44629 \begin_layout Itemize
44630 For the text color:
44631 \begin_inset Newline newline
44641 \begin_layout Standard
44642 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44675 \begin_inset Newline newline
44678 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44682 \begin_layout Itemize
44683 For the page background color:
44684 \begin_inset Newline newline
44689 page_backgroundcolor
44692 \begin_layout Itemize
44693 For the main text color:
44694 \begin_inset Newline newline
44702 \begin_layout Itemize
44704 \begin_inset space ~
44707 box background color:
44708 \begin_inset Newline newline
44716 \begin_layout Itemize
44718 \begin_inset space ~
44721 out note text color:
44722 \begin_inset Newline newline
44730 \begin_layout Standard
44731 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44734 \begin_inset space ~
44742 \begin_inset space ~
44750 \begin_layout Section
44754 \begin_layout Standard
44755 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44756 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44757 \begin_inset space ~
44761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44763 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44770 \begin_layout Section
44774 \begin_layout Standard
44775 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44780 \begin_inset Index idx
44783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44784 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44794 \begin_inset Index idx
44797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44798 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44804 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44809 \begin_inset Index idx
44812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44813 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44818 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44820 For a further description see section
44821 \begin_inset space ~
44825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44827 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44834 \begin_layout Section
44838 \begin_layout Standard
44839 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44840 and you can define additional indexes.
44841 Please refer to section
44842 \begin_inset space ~
44846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44848 reference "sec:Index"
44855 \begin_layout Section
44859 \begin_layout Standard
44860 The PDF properties are explained in section
44861 \begin_inset space ~
44865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44867 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44874 \begin_layout Section
44878 \begin_layout Standard
44879 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44884 \begin_inset Index idx
44887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44888 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44898 \begin_inset Index idx
44901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44902 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44912 \begin_inset Index idx
44915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44916 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44926 \begin_inset Index idx
44929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44930 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44935 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44938 \begin_layout Description
44939 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44940 ensure that you have enabled
44943 \begin_inset space ~
44951 \begin_layout Description
44952 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44955 \begin_inset space ~
44967 \begin_layout Description
44968 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44979 \begin_layout Description
44980 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44982 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44991 \begin_layout Section
44995 \begin_layout Standard
44996 The float placement options are described in section
44999 \begin_inset space ~
45007 \begin_inset space ~
45015 \begin_layout Section
45019 \begin_layout Standard
45020 The listings settings are explained in chapter
45022 Program Code Listings
45027 \begin_inset space ~
45035 \begin_layout Section
45039 \begin_layout Standard
45040 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
45041 The itemize environment is described in section
45042 \begin_inset space ~
45046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45048 reference "sec:Itemize"
45055 \begin_layout Section
45059 \begin_layout Standard
45060 Branches are described in section
45061 \begin_inset space ~
45065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45067 reference "sec:Branches"
45074 \begin_layout Section
45076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45078 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45085 \begin_layout Standard
45086 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45089 \begin_layout Description
45091 \begin_inset space ~
45095 \begin_inset space ~
45098 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45118 View Master Document
45119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45126 Update Master Document
45127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45134 menu or the toolbar.
45135 The default is set in
45137 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45138 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45142 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45148 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45155 \begin_layout Description
45157 \begin_inset space ~
45161 \begin_inset space ~
45164 Output settings for the menu
45166 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45168 \begin_inset space ~
45174 For a detailed description see section
45176 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45181 \begin_inset space ~
45189 \begin_layout Description
45191 \begin_inset space ~
45195 \begin_inset space ~
45198 Options settings for the export format
45206 \begin_inset space ~
45211 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45212 \begin_inset space ~
45215 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45219 \begin_inset space ~
45224 settings are described in detail in section
45226 Math Output in XHTML
45231 \begin_inset space ~
45237 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45240 \begin_layout Section
45245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45255 \begin_layout Standard
45256 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45257 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45258 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45259 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45263 \begin_layout Standard
45264 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45265 \begin_inset space ~
45269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45271 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45278 \begin_layout Chapter
45284 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45286 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45291 \begin_inset Index idx
45294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45303 \begin_layout Standard
45304 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45306 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45310 It has the following submenus.
45313 \begin_layout Section
45317 \begin_layout Subsection
45321 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45322 User Interface File
45323 \begin_inset Index idx
45326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45327 Customization ! of toolbars
45333 \begin_inset Index idx
45336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45337 Customization ! of menus
45345 \begin_layout Standard
45346 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45347 interface (ui) file.
45348 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45349 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45358 Both files are loaded by the
45363 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45364 files and edit the entries.
45367 \begin_layout Standard
45368 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45380 entries must be finished with an explicit
45405 and in the case of the
45406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45418 The syntax for the entries is:
45421 \begin_layout Standard
45422 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45450 \begin_layout Standard
45452 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45455 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45457 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45459 \begin_inset space ~
45467 \begin_layout Standard
45468 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45474 \begin_layout Standard
45475 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45477 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45480 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45484 \begin_layout Standard
45485 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45509 \begin_layout Standard
45511 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45522 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45525 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45529 \begin_layout Standard
45530 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45531 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45532 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45535 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45542 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45546 \begin_layout Standard
45549 Enable tool tips in main work area
45551 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45555 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45559 \begin_layout Standard
45562 Restore window layouts and geometries
45564 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45565 in the last LyX session.
45568 \begin_layout Standard
45571 Restore cursor positions
45573 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45577 \begin_layout Standard
45580 Load opened files from last session
45582 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45585 \begin_layout Standard
45588 Clear all session information
45590 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45591 of last opened documents, etc.).
45594 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45598 name "sub:Backup documents"
45603 \begin_inset Index idx
45606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45615 \begin_layout Standard
45618 Backup original documents when saving
45620 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45621 it was saved the last time.
45622 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45625 \begin_inset space ~
45631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45633 reference "sec:Paths"
45638 The backup file has the file extension
45639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45653 \begin_layout Standard
45656 Backup documents, every
45658 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45661 \begin_layout Standard
45664 Save documents compressed by default
45666 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45669 \begin_layout Standard
45674 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45677 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45679 \begin_inset space ~
45687 \begin_layout Standard
45690 Open documents in tabs
45692 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45696 \begin_layout Standard
45701 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45713 reference "sec:Paths"
45717 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45723 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45725 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45728 \begin_layout Standard
45731 Single close-tab button
45733 there will only be one button (
45736 \begin_inset Graphics
45737 filename ../images/closetab.png
45744 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45745 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45748 \begin_layout Standard
45749 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45757 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45765 \begin_layout Subsection
45767 \begin_inset Index idx
45770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45779 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45786 \begin_layout Standard
45787 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45790 \begin_layout Standard
45791 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45799 This section only deals with the fonts
45804 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45807 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45808 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45819 \begin_layout Standard
45820 By default, LyX uses
45824 as roman (serif) font,
45832 (depends on the system) as
45835 \begin_inset space ~
45851 \begin_layout Standard
45852 You can change the font size with the
45859 \begin_layout Standard
45864 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45869 points have the size of 1
45870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45874 \begin_inset space ~
45878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45880 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
45885 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45886 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45890 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45891 \begin_inset space ~
45895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45897 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45904 \begin_layout Standard
45907 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45909 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45910 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45911 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45912 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45914 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45915 \begin_inset space ~
45921 \begin_layout Subsection
45923 \begin_inset Index idx
45926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45933 \begin_inset Index idx
45936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45945 \begin_layout Standard
45946 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
45947 Choose an item in the list and use the
45954 \begin_layout Standard
45955 By using the option
45959 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45962 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45963 \begin_inset space ~
45967 \begin_inset space ~
45972 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45975 \begin_layout Subsection
45977 \begin_inset Index idx
45980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45989 \begin_layout Standard
45990 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45993 \begin_layout Standard
45998 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45999 This feature is described in section
46000 \begin_inset space ~
46004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46006 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
46013 \begin_layout Standard
46017 \begin_inset space ~
46021 \begin_inset space ~
46025 \begin_inset space ~
46030 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
46033 \begin_layout Section
46035 \begin_inset Index idx
46038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46047 \begin_layout Subsection
46051 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46055 \begin_layout Standard
46058 Cursor follows scrollbar
46060 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46064 \begin_layout Standard
46065 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46066 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46067 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46070 \begin_layout Standard
46073 Scroll below end of document
46075 is self-explanatory.
46078 \begin_layout Standard
46079 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46086 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46088 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46089 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46092 \begin_layout Standard
46095 Sort environments alphabetically
46097 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46100 \begin_layout Standard
46103 Group environments by their category
46105 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46108 \begin_layout Standard
46109 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46121 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46125 \begin_layout Standard
46126 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46131 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46132 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46136 \begin_layout Subsection
46138 \begin_inset Index idx
46141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46148 \begin_inset Index idx
46151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46152 Settings ! Shortcuts
46160 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46164 \begin_layout Standard
46165 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46166 Several binding files are available:
46169 \begin_layout Description
46170 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46173 \begin_layout Description
46174 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46185 \begin_layout Description
46186 mac.bind set of bindings for
46189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46197 \begin_layout Standard
46198 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46202 , and bind files for special languages.
46203 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46208 \begin_inset space \space{}
46212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46220 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46224 \begin_layout Standard
46225 Some bind-files, like
46229 , have only a small scope.
46230 When looking at the end of the file
46234 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46241 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46246 \begin_inset Index idx
46249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46250 Key Bindings ! Editing
46258 \begin_layout Standard
46259 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46260 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46261 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46264 Show key-bindings containing
46267 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46268 Insert there for example as keyword
46269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46276 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46286 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46287 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46291 that you will find in the
46298 \begin_layout Standard
46300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46304 \begin_inset space \space{}
46315 , select the function and press the
46320 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46321 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46322 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46323 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46324 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46326 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46328 The binding for the function
46332 is an example of this.
46335 \begin_layout Standard
46336 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46338 The syntax of the entries is:
46341 \begin_layout Standard
46347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46365 \begin_layout Subsection
46367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46369 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46374 \begin_inset Index idx
46377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46384 \begin_inset Index idx
46387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46388 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46396 \begin_layout Standard
46397 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46398 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46404 \begin_inset space \space{}
46407 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46408 can use the keyboard map file named
46415 \begin_layout Standard
46416 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46424 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46432 \begin_layout Standard
46433 You can furthermore specify here the
46435 Wheel scrolling speed
46438 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46442 \begin_layout Standard
46447 you can select a key for zooming.
46448 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46451 \begin_layout Subsection
46455 \begin_layout Standard
46456 Input completion is described in sec.
46457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46463 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46470 \begin_layout Section
46472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46479 \begin_inset Index idx
46482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46489 \begin_inset Index idx
46492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46501 \begin_layout Description
46503 \begin_inset space ~
46506 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46507 It is the default when you
46518 \begin_inset space ~
46526 \begin_layout Description
46528 \begin_inset space ~
46531 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46533 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46535 \begin_inset space ~
46539 \begin_inset space ~
46547 \begin_layout Description
46549 \begin_inset space ~
46552 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46558 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46562 \begin_inset Newline newline
46566 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46578 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46586 \begin_layout Description
46588 \begin_inset space ~
46592 \begin_inset Index idx
46595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46601 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46602 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46603 \begin_inset space ~
46607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46609 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46617 will be used to save the backups.
46618 \begin_inset Newline newline
46621 Backup files have the ending
46622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46632 \begin_layout Description
46637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46645 \begin_inset space ~
46648 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46649 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46650 \begin_inset Newline newline
46657 You add a BibTeX-database
46662 You can edit this file with the program
46671 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46674 \begin_inset space ~
46680 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46685 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46686 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46692 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46693 \begin_inset Newline newline
46696 The pipe is also used for the
46701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46707 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46712 \begin_inset Newline newline
46715 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46716 \begin_inset Newline newline
46732 \begin_layout Description
46734 \begin_inset space ~
46737 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46740 \begin_layout Description
46742 \begin_inset space ~
46745 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46746 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46747 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46750 \begin_layout Description
46752 \begin_inset space ~
46755 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46761 You only need to specify it if you are using
46765 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46771 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46775 \begin_layout Description
46777 \begin_inset space ~
46780 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46781 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46782 to find it on the system.
46783 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46784 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46790 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46793 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46794 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46797 \begin_layout Description
46799 \begin_inset space ~
46802 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46803 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
46805 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46807 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46808 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46809 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46810 scanned for the input files.
46811 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46812 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46813 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46814 on may fail for some documents.
46817 \begin_layout Section
46821 \begin_layout Standard
46822 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46823 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46825 \begin_inset space ~
46829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46831 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46835 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46838 \begin_layout Section
46840 \begin_inset Index idx
46843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46844 Language ! Settings
46850 \begin_inset Index idx
46853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46854 Settings ! Language
46862 \begin_layout Subsection
46864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46866 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46873 \begin_layout Description
46875 \begin_inset space ~
46879 \begin_inset space ~
46882 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46883 You find the actual translation status here:
46884 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46886 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46893 \begin_layout Description
46895 \begin_inset space ~
46898 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46900 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46901 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46918 The most widespread language package is
46923 \begin_inset Index idx
46926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46927 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46932 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46933 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
46934 alternative language package
46939 \begin_inset Index idx
46942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46943 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46948 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46949 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46951 The available selections are described in sec.
46952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46958 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46965 \begin_layout Description
46967 \begin_inset space ~
46970 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46971 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46972 An example is the start command
46978 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46983 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46998 selectlanguage{$$lang}
47003 \begin_layout Description
47005 \begin_inset space ~
47013 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
47014 command toggles the package on and off.
47017 \begin_layout Description
47019 \begin_inset space ~
47023 \begin_inset space ~
47026 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
47030 \begin_layout Description
47032 \begin_inset space ~
47036 \begin_inset space ~
47039 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
47040 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
47041 used by all LaTeX-packages.
47042 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47049 \begin_layout Description
47051 \begin_inset space ~
47054 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47056 When this option is not set, the
47059 \begin_inset space ~
47064 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47065 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47068 \begin_inset space ~
47076 \begin_layout Description
47078 \begin_inset space ~
47084 \begin_inset space ~
47090 When it is not set, the
47093 \begin_inset space ~
47098 is set to the end of the document.
47101 \begin_layout Description
47103 \begin_inset space ~
47107 \begin_inset space ~
47110 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47111 language will be underlined in blue.
47114 \begin_layout Description
47116 \begin_inset space ~
47120 \begin_inset space ~
47123 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47124 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47127 \begin_layout Description
47129 \begin_inset space ~
47132 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47133 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47134 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47135 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47138 \begin_layout Subsection
47142 \begin_layout Standard
47143 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47144 \begin_inset space ~
47148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47150 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47157 \begin_layout Section
47161 \begin_layout Subsection
47165 \begin_layout Description
47167 \begin_inset space ~
47171 \begin_inset space ~
47174 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47177 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47178 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47180 \begin_inset space ~
47186 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47190 \begin_layout Description
47192 \begin_inset space ~
47196 \begin_inset Index idx
47199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47206 \begin_inset Index idx
47209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47210 Settings ! Date format
47215 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47216 \begin_inset Newline newline
47220 \begin_inset Flex URL
47223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47225 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47231 \begin_inset Newline newline
47234 For example the format
47235 \begin_inset Newline newline
47239 \begin_inset Newline newline
47242 prints the date as day/month/year.
47245 \begin_layout Description
47247 \begin_inset space ~
47251 \begin_inset space ~
47254 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47257 \begin_layout Description
47259 \begin_inset space ~
47262 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47264 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47266 \begin_inset space ~
47272 For a detailed description see section
47274 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47279 \begin_inset space ~
47287 \begin_layout Subsection
47289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47296 \begin_inset Index idx
47299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47306 \begin_inset Index idx
47309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47318 \begin_layout Description
47320 \begin_inset space ~
47323 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47324 The name will be used when the
47329 \begin_inset Newline newline
47333 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47341 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47349 \begin_layout Description
47351 \begin_inset space ~
47354 command is the command LyX
47355 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47362 LaTeX uses for printing.
47370 \begin_layout Description
47372 \begin_inset space ~
47376 \begin_inset space ~
47379 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47380 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47381 of the program that provides the
47388 \begin_layout Description
47390 \begin_inset space ~
47394 \begin_inset space ~
47398 \begin_inset space ~
47401 printer This option works only for the
47406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47418 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47419 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47422 \begin_layout Subsection
47427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47437 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47442 \begin_inset Index idx
47445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47454 \begin_layout Description
47456 \begin_inset space ~
47463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47471 \begin_inset space ~
47475 \begin_inset space ~
47478 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47483 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47504 are used for Cyrillic.
47505 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47518 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47519 LyX sets up in the background.
47520 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47523 \begin_layout Description
47525 \begin_inset space ~
47529 \begin_inset space ~
47532 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47537 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47540 \begin_layout Description
47542 \begin_inset space ~
47546 \begin_inset space ~
47550 \begin_inset space ~
47554 \begin_inset space ~
47557 options They only have an effect when the program
47561 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47564 \begin_layout Standard
47565 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47566 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47567 manuals of the applications.
47570 \begin_layout Description
47572 \begin_inset space ~
47575 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47576 \begin_inset space ~
47580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47582 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47589 \begin_layout Description
47591 \begin_inset space ~
47594 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47595 \begin_inset space ~
47599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47601 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47608 \begin_layout Description
47610 \begin_inset space ~
47613 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47614 \begin_inset space ~
47618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47620 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47627 \begin_layout Description
47632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47640 \begin_inset space ~
47643 command Command for the program
47647 that is described in the section
47653 Additional Features
47658 \begin_layout Standard
47659 There are additionally the following options:
47662 \begin_layout Description
47664 \begin_inset space ~
47668 \begin_inset space ~
47672 \begin_inset space ~
47676 \begin_inset space ~
47680 \begin_inset space ~
47683 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47701 to separate folders.
47702 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47703 \begin_inset Index idx
47706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47713 \begin_inset Index idx
47716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47725 \begin_layout Description
47727 \begin_inset space ~
47731 \begin_inset space ~
47735 \begin_inset space ~
47739 \begin_inset space ~
47743 \begin_inset space ~
47747 \begin_inset space ~
47750 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47752 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47755 dialog when changing the document class.
47758 \begin_layout Section
47760 \begin_inset space ~
47764 \begin_inset Index idx
47767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47776 \begin_layout Subsection
47778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47780 name "sub:Converters"
47785 \begin_inset Index idx
47788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47797 \begin_layout Standard
47798 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47799 from one format to another.
47800 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47801 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47808 \begin_inset space ~
47818 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47822 \begin_inset space ~
47827 drop-down list, modify the
47831 field and press the
47838 \begin_layout Standard
47841 Converter File Cache
47843 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47846 Maximum Age (in days
47849 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47850 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47853 \begin_layout Standard
47854 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47855 definition, is described in the section
47866 \begin_layout Subsection
47868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47870 name "sec:File-Formats"
47875 \begin_inset Index idx
47878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47885 \begin_inset Index idx
47888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47897 \begin_layout Standard
47898 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47899 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47903 \begin_layout Standard
47904 Furthermore, you can define the
47906 Default output format
47908 that is used when you use
47910 View, Update, View Master Document
47914 Update Master Document
47920 menu or the toolbar.
47923 \begin_layout Standard
47924 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47935 \begin_layout Standard
47936 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47937 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47938 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
47939 This is done by specifying a
47944 More about this is described in the section
47955 \begin_layout Chapter
47956 Units available in LyX
47957 \begin_inset Index idx
47960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47969 name "chap:Units-available-in"
47976 \begin_layout Standard
47977 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47980 reference "tab:Units"
47984 explains all units available in LyX.
47987 \begin_layout Standard
47988 \begin_inset Float table
47994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47995 \begin_inset Caption
47997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48013 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
48019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48021 \begin_inset Tabular
48022 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
48023 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
48024 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48025 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48176 scaled point (65536
48177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48237 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48292 % of original image width
48299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48506 \begin_layout Chapter
48508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48510 name "chap:Credits"
48517 \begin_layout Standard
48518 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48519 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48522 \begin_layout Itemize
48525 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48528 \begin_layout Itemize
48534 \begin_layout Itemize
48540 \begin_layout Itemize
48546 \begin_layout Itemize
48552 \begin_layout Itemize
48558 \begin_layout Itemize
48564 \begin_layout Itemize
48570 \begin_layout Itemize
48573 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48576 \begin_layout Itemize
48582 \begin_layout Itemize
48588 \begin_layout Itemize
48594 \begin_layout Itemize
48600 \begin_layout Itemize
48606 \begin_layout Itemize
48612 \begin_layout Itemize
48618 \begin_layout Itemize
48624 \begin_layout Itemize
48626 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48635 \begin_layout Standard
48636 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48639 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48646 \begin_layout Bibliography
48647 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48648 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48649 LatexCommand bibitem
48656 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48659 target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
48664 \begin_inset Newline newline
48668 \begin_inset Flex URL
48671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48673 http://www.lyx.org/Credits
48681 \begin_layout Bibliography
48682 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48683 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48684 LatexCommand bibitem
48685 key "latexcompanion"
48689 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48691 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48694 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48697 \begin_layout Bibliography
48698 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48699 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48700 LatexCommand bibitem
48705 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48708 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48711 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48714 \begin_layout Bibliography
48715 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48716 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48717 LatexCommand bibitem
48724 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48727 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48730 \begin_layout Bibliography
48731 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48732 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48733 LatexCommand bibitem
48745 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48748 \begin_layout Bibliography
48749 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48750 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48751 LatexCommand bibitem
48757 \begin_inset Newline newline
48761 \begin_inset Flex URL
48764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48766 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48774 \begin_layout Bibliography
48775 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48776 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48777 LatexCommand bibitem
48783 \begin_inset Newline newline
48787 \begin_inset Flex URL
48790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48792 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48800 \begin_layout Bibliography
48801 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48802 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48803 LatexCommand bibitem
48809 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48811 name "Documentation"
48812 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48821 \begin_inset Newline newline
48825 \begin_inset Flex URL
48828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48830 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48838 \begin_layout Bibliography
48839 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48840 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48841 LatexCommand bibitem
48847 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48849 name "Documentation"
48850 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48854 how to use the program
48859 \begin_inset Newline newline
48863 \begin_inset Flex URL
48866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48868 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48876 \begin_layout Bibliography
48877 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48878 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48879 LatexCommand bibitem
48885 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48887 name "Documentation"
48888 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48897 \begin_inset Newline newline
48901 \begin_inset Flex URL
48904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48906 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48914 \begin_layout Bibliography
48915 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48916 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48917 LatexCommand bibitem
48923 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48925 name "Documentation"
48926 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48935 \begin_inset Newline newline
48939 \begin_inset Flex URL
48942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48944 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48952 \begin_layout Bibliography
48953 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48954 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48955 LatexCommand bibitem
48961 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48963 name "Documentation"
48964 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48968 of the LaTeX-package
48973 \begin_inset Index idx
48976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48977 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48983 \begin_inset Newline newline
48987 \begin_inset Flex URL
48990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48992 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
49000 \begin_layout Bibliography
49001 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49002 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49003 LatexCommand bibitem
49009 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49011 name "Documentation"
49012 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
49016 of the LaTeX-package
49021 \begin_inset Index idx
49024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49025 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
49031 \begin_inset Newline newline
49035 \begin_inset Flex URL
49038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49040 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49048 \begin_layout Bibliography
49049 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49050 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49051 LatexCommand bibitem
49057 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49059 name "Documentation"
49060 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49064 of the LaTeX-package
49069 \begin_inset Index idx
49072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49073 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49079 \begin_inset Newline newline
49083 \begin_inset Flex URL
49086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49088 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49096 \begin_layout Bibliography
49097 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49098 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49099 LatexCommand bibitem
49107 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49109 name "Documentation"
49110 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49116 of the LaTeX-package
49121 \begin_inset Index idx
49124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49125 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49131 \begin_inset Newline newline
49135 \begin_inset Flex URL
49138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49140 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49148 \begin_layout Bibliography
49149 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49150 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49151 LatexCommand bibitem
49157 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49159 name "Documentation"
49160 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49164 of the LaTeX-package
49169 \begin_inset Index idx
49172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49173 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49179 \begin_inset Newline newline
49183 \begin_inset Flex URL
49186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49188 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49196 \begin_layout Bibliography
49197 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49198 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49199 LatexCommand bibitem
49205 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49207 name "Documentation"
49208 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49212 of the LaTeX-package
49217 \begin_inset Index idx
49220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49221 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49227 \begin_inset Newline newline
49231 \begin_inset Flex URL
49234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49236 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49244 \begin_layout Bibliography
49245 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49246 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49247 LatexCommand bibitem
49253 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49255 name "Documentation"
49256 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49260 of the LaTeX-package
49265 \begin_inset Index idx
49268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49269 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49275 \begin_inset Newline newline
49279 \begin_inset Flex URL
49282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49284 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49292 \begin_layout Bibliography
49293 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49294 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49295 LatexCommand bibitem
49301 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49303 name "Documentation"
49304 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49308 of the LaTeX-package
49313 \begin_inset Index idx
49316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49317 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49323 \begin_inset Newline newline
49327 \begin_inset Flex URL
49330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49332 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49340 \begin_layout Bibliography
49341 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49342 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49343 LatexCommand bibitem
49349 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49352 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49356 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49357 \begin_inset Newline newline
49361 \begin_inset Flex URL
49364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49366 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49374 \begin_layout Bibliography
49375 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49376 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49377 LatexCommand bibitem
49383 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49386 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49390 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49391 \begin_inset Newline newline
49395 \begin_inset Flex URL
49398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49400 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49408 \begin_layout Bibliography
49409 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49410 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49411 LatexCommand bibitem
49417 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49420 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49424 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49425 \begin_inset Newline newline
49429 \begin_inset Flex URL
49432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49434 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49442 \begin_layout Bibliography
49443 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49444 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49445 LatexCommand bibitem
49451 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49454 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49458 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49459 \begin_inset Newline newline
49463 \begin_inset Flex URL
49466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49468 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49476 \begin_layout Bibliography
49477 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49478 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49479 LatexCommand bibitem
49485 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49488 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49492 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49493 \begin_inset Newline newline
49497 \begin_inset Flex URL
49500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49502 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49510 \begin_layout Bibliography
49511 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49512 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49513 LatexCommand bibitem
49519 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49522 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49526 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49527 \begin_inset Newline newline
49531 \begin_inset Flex URL
49534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49536 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49544 \begin_layout Bibliography
49545 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49546 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49547 LatexCommand bibitem
49553 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49556 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49560 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49561 \begin_inset Newline newline
49565 \begin_inset Flex URL
49568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49570 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49578 \begin_layout Bibliography
49579 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49580 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49581 LatexCommand bibitem
49587 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49590 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49594 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49595 \begin_inset Newline newline
49599 \begin_inset Flex URL
49602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49604 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49612 \begin_layout Bibliography
49613 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49614 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49615 LatexCommand bibitem
49621 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49624 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49628 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49629 \begin_inset Newline newline
49633 \begin_inset Flex URL
49636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49638 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49646 \begin_layout Bibliography
49647 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49648 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49649 LatexCommand bibitem
49655 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49658 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49662 about new features in
49667 \begin_inset Newline newline
49671 \begin_inset Flex URL
49674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49676 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49684 \begin_layout Standard
49685 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49719 \begin_inset Note Note
49722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49729 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49730 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49731 bibliography is the second one:
49739 \begin_layout Standard
49740 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49741 LatexCommand bibtex
49742 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49743 options "biblio/alphadin"
49750 \begin_layout Standard
49751 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49754 \begin_layout Standard
49755 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49756 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49762 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49763 LatexCommand printindex